| 1 |
/*************************************************
|
| 2 |
* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
|
| 3 |
*************************************************/
|
| 4 |
|
| 5 |
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
|
| 6 |
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
|
| 7 |
|
| 8 |
Written by Philip Hazel
|
| 9 |
Copyright (c) 1997-2007 University of Cambridge
|
| 10 |
|
| 11 |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 12 |
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
| 13 |
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
| 14 |
|
| 15 |
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
| 16 |
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
| 17 |
|
| 18 |
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
| 19 |
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
| 20 |
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
| 21 |
|
| 22 |
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
|
| 23 |
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
| 24 |
this software without specific prior written permission.
|
| 25 |
|
| 26 |
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
| 27 |
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
| 28 |
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
| 29 |
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
|
| 30 |
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
|
| 31 |
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
|
| 32 |
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
| 33 |
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
| 34 |
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
|
| 35 |
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
| 36 |
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
| 37 |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 38 |
*/
|
| 39 |
|
| 40 |
|
| 41 |
/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
|
| 42 |
supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
|
| 43 |
|
| 44 |
|
| 45 |
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
| 46 |
#include <config.h>
|
| 47 |
#endif
|
| 48 |
|
| 49 |
#define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */
|
| 50 |
#define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */
|
| 51 |
#define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */
|
| 52 |
|
| 53 |
#include "pcre_internal.h"
|
| 54 |
|
| 55 |
|
| 56 |
/* When DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is also
|
| 57 |
used by pcretest. DEBUG is not defined when building a production library. */
|
| 58 |
|
| 59 |
#ifdef DEBUG
|
| 60 |
#include "pcre_printint.src"
|
| 61 |
#endif
|
| 62 |
|
| 63 |
|
| 64 |
/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
|
| 65 |
|
| 66 |
#define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8))
|
| 67 |
|
| 68 |
/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
|
| 69 |
holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
|
| 70 |
INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
|
| 71 |
to check them every time. */
|
| 72 |
|
| 73 |
#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
|
| 74 |
|
| 75 |
|
| 76 |
/*************************************************
|
| 77 |
* Code parameters and static tables *
|
| 78 |
*************************************************/
|
| 79 |
|
| 80 |
/* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
|
| 81 |
first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
|
| 82 |
is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
|
| 83 |
soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
|
| 84 |
does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
|
| 85 |
so this number is very generous.
|
| 86 |
|
| 87 |
The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
|
| 88 |
remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
|
| 89 |
end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
|
| 90 |
is 4 there is plenty of room. */
|
| 91 |
|
| 92 |
#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (4096)
|
| 93 |
|
| 94 |
|
| 95 |
/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
|
| 96 |
are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
|
| 97 |
on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
|
| 98 |
is invalid. */
|
| 99 |
|
| 100 |
#ifndef EBCDIC /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems */
|
| 101 |
static const short int escapes[] = {
|
| 102 |
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 7 */
|
| 103 |
0, 0, ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?', /* 8 - ? */
|
| 104 |
'@', -ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D, -ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, /* @ - G */
|
| 105 |
-ESC_H, 0, 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* H - O */
|
| 106 |
-ESC_P, -ESC_Q, -ESC_R, -ESC_S, 0, 0, -ESC_V, -ESC_W, /* P - W */
|
| 107 |
-ESC_X, 0, -ESC_Z, '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_', /* X - _ */
|
| 108 |
'`', 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, /* ` - g */
|
| 109 |
-ESC_h, 0, 0, -ESC_k, 0, 0, ESC_n, 0, /* h - o */
|
| 110 |
-ESC_p, 0, ESC_r, -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0, -ESC_v, -ESC_w, /* p - w */
|
| 111 |
0, 0, -ESC_z /* x - z */
|
| 112 |
};
|
| 113 |
|
| 114 |
#else /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems */
|
| 115 |
static const short int escapes[] = {
|
| 116 |
/* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|',
|
| 117 |
/* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 118 |
/* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~',
|
| 119 |
/* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 120 |
/* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?',
|
| 121 |
/* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 122 |
/* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"',
|
| 123 |
/* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0,
|
| 124 |
/* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 125 |
/* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p,
|
| 126 |
/* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 127 |
/* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0,
|
| 128 |
/* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0,
|
| 129 |
/* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 130 |
/* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-',
|
| 131 |
/* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G,
|
| 132 |
/* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 133 |
/* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0, 0, 0, -ESC_P,
|
| 134 |
/* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 135 |
/* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
|
| 136 |
/* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 137 |
/* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
| 138 |
/* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
|
| 139 |
};
|
| 140 |
#endif
|
| 141 |
|
| 142 |
|
| 143 |
/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE) */
|
| 144 |
|
| 145 |
typedef struct verbitem {
|
| 146 |
const char *name;
|
| 147 |
int len;
|
| 148 |
int op;
|
| 149 |
} verbitem;
|
| 150 |
|
| 151 |
static verbitem verbs[] = {
|
| 152 |
{ "ACCEPT", 6, OP_ACCEPT },
|
| 153 |
{ "COMMIT", 6, OP_COMMIT },
|
| 154 |
{ "F", 1, OP_FAIL },
|
| 155 |
{ "FAIL", 4, OP_FAIL },
|
| 156 |
{ "PRUNE", 5, OP_PRUNE },
|
| 157 |
{ "SKIP", 4, OP_SKIP },
|
| 158 |
{ "THEN", 4, OP_THEN }
|
| 159 |
};
|
| 160 |
|
| 161 |
static int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
|
| 162 |
|
| 163 |
|
| 164 |
/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The list is
|
| 165 |
terminated by a zero length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper,
|
| 166 |
as this is assumed for handling case independence. */
|
| 167 |
|
| 168 |
static const char *const posix_names[] = {
|
| 169 |
"alpha", "lower", "upper",
|
| 170 |
"alnum", "ascii", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
|
| 171 |
"print", "punct", "space", "word", "xdigit" };
|
| 172 |
|
| 173 |
static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
|
| 174 |
5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
|
| 175 |
|
| 176 |
/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
|
| 177 |
base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
|
| 178 |
classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
|
| 179 |
characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
|
| 180 |
character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
|
| 181 |
second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
|
| 182 |
addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
|
| 183 |
absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
|
| 184 |
remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
|
| 185 |
|
| 186 |
static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
|
| 187 |
cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */
|
| 188 |
cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */
|
| 189 |
cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */
|
| 190 |
cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */
|
| 191 |
cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */
|
| 192 |
cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */
|
| 193 |
cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */
|
| 194 |
cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */
|
| 195 |
cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */
|
| 196 |
cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */
|
| 197 |
cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */
|
| 198 |
cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */
|
| 199 |
cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */
|
| 200 |
cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */
|
| 201 |
};
|
| 202 |
|
| 203 |
|
| 204 |
#define STRING(a) # a
|
| 205 |
#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
|
| 206 |
|
| 207 |
/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
|
| 208 |
are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
|
| 209 |
they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
|
| 210 |
are no longer used. */
|
| 211 |
|
| 212 |
static const char *error_texts[] = {
|
| 213 |
"no error",
|
| 214 |
"\\ at end of pattern",
|
| 215 |
"\\c at end of pattern",
|
| 216 |
"unrecognized character follows \\",
|
| 217 |
"numbers out of order in {} quantifier",
|
| 218 |
/* 5 */
|
| 219 |
"number too big in {} quantifier",
|
| 220 |
"missing terminating ] for character class",
|
| 221 |
"invalid escape sequence in character class",
|
| 222 |
"range out of order in character class",
|
| 223 |
"nothing to repeat",
|
| 224 |
/* 10 */
|
| 225 |
"operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string", /** DEAD **/
|
| 226 |
"internal error: unexpected repeat",
|
| 227 |
"unrecognized character after (?",
|
| 228 |
"POSIX named classes are supported only within a class",
|
| 229 |
"missing )",
|
| 230 |
/* 15 */
|
| 231 |
"reference to non-existent subpattern",
|
| 232 |
"erroffset passed as NULL",
|
| 233 |
"unknown option bit(s) set",
|
| 234 |
"missing ) after comment",
|
| 235 |
"parentheses nested too deeply", /** DEAD **/
|
| 236 |
/* 20 */
|
| 237 |
"regular expression is too large",
|
| 238 |
"failed to get memory",
|
| 239 |
"unmatched parentheses",
|
| 240 |
"internal error: code overflow",
|
| 241 |
"unrecognized character after (?<",
|
| 242 |
/* 25 */
|
| 243 |
"lookbehind assertion is not fixed length",
|
| 244 |
"malformed number or name after (?(",
|
| 245 |
"conditional group contains more than two branches",
|
| 246 |
"assertion expected after (?(",
|
| 247 |
"(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )",
|
| 248 |
/* 30 */
|
| 249 |
"unknown POSIX class name",
|
| 250 |
"POSIX collating elements are not supported",
|
| 251 |
"this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support",
|
| 252 |
"spare error", /** DEAD **/
|
| 253 |
"character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large",
|
| 254 |
/* 35 */
|
| 255 |
"invalid condition (?(0)",
|
| 256 |
"\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion",
|
| 257 |
"PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u",
|
| 258 |
"number after (?C is > 255",
|
| 259 |
"closing ) for (?C expected",
|
| 260 |
/* 40 */
|
| 261 |
"recursive call could loop indefinitely",
|
| 262 |
"unrecognized character after (?P",
|
| 263 |
"syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)",
|
| 264 |
"two named subpatterns have the same name",
|
| 265 |
"invalid UTF-8 string",
|
| 266 |
/* 45 */
|
| 267 |
"support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled",
|
| 268 |
"malformed \\P or \\p sequence",
|
| 269 |
"unknown property name after \\P or \\p",
|
| 270 |
"subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)",
|
| 271 |
"too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")",
|
| 272 |
/* 50 */
|
| 273 |
"repeated subpattern is too long", /** DEAD **/
|
| 274 |
"octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)",
|
| 275 |
"internal error: overran compiling workspace",
|
| 276 |
"internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found",
|
| 277 |
"DEFINE group contains more than one branch",
|
| 278 |
/* 55 */
|
| 279 |
"repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed",
|
| 280 |
"inconsistent NEWLINE options",
|
| 281 |
"\\g is not followed by a braced name or an optionally braced non-zero number",
|
| 282 |
"(?+ or (?- or (?(+ or (?(- must be followed by a non-zero number",
|
| 283 |
"(*VERB) with an argument is not supported",
|
| 284 |
/* 60 */
|
| 285 |
"(*VERB) not recognized",
|
| 286 |
"number is too big"
|
| 287 |
};
|
| 288 |
|
| 289 |
|
| 290 |
/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
|
| 291 |
patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
|
| 292 |
may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
|
| 293 |
to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
|
| 294 |
a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
|
| 295 |
character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
|
| 296 |
applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
|
| 297 |
efficiently.
|
| 298 |
|
| 299 |
For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
|
| 300 |
|
| 301 |
0x04 decimal digit
|
| 302 |
0x08 hexadecimal digit
|
| 303 |
|
| 304 |
Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
|
| 305 |
|
| 306 |
#ifndef EBCDIC /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems */
|
| 307 |
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
|
| 308 |
{
|
| 309 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
|
| 310 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
|
| 311 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
|
| 312 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
|
| 313 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */
|
| 314 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */
|
| 315 |
0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */
|
| 316 |
0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */
|
| 317 |
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */
|
| 318 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */
|
| 319 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */
|
| 320 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */
|
| 321 |
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */
|
| 322 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */
|
| 323 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */
|
| 324 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */
|
| 325 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
|
| 326 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
|
| 327 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
|
| 328 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
|
| 329 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
|
| 330 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
|
| 331 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
|
| 332 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
|
| 333 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
|
| 334 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
|
| 335 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
|
| 336 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
|
| 337 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
|
| 338 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
|
| 339 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
|
| 340 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
|
| 341 |
|
| 342 |
#else /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems */
|
| 343 |
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
|
| 344 |
{
|
| 345 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */
|
| 346 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
|
| 347 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */
|
| 348 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
|
| 349 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */
|
| 350 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
|
| 351 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */
|
| 352 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
|
| 353 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */
|
| 354 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */
|
| 355 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */
|
| 356 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
|
| 357 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */
|
| 358 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */
|
| 359 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
|
| 360 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
|
| 361 |
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */
|
| 362 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
|
| 363 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */
|
| 364 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
|
| 365 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */
|
| 366 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
|
| 367 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */
|
| 368 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
|
| 369 |
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */
|
| 370 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
|
| 371 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */
|
| 372 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
|
| 373 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */
|
| 374 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
|
| 375 |
0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */
|
| 376 |
0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
|
| 377 |
|
| 378 |
static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
|
| 379 |
0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
|
| 380 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
|
| 381 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
|
| 382 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
|
| 383 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */
|
| 384 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
|
| 385 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */
|
| 386 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
|
| 387 |
0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */
|
| 388 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */
|
| 389 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */
|
| 390 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
|
| 391 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */
|
| 392 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */
|
| 393 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
|
| 394 |
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
|
| 395 |
0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */
|
| 396 |
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
|
| 397 |
0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */
|
| 398 |
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
|
| 399 |
0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */
|
| 400 |
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
|
| 401 |
0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */
|
| 402 |
0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
|
| 403 |
0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */
|
| 404 |
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
|
| 405 |
0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */
|
| 406 |
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
|
| 407 |
0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */
|
| 408 |
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
|
| 409 |
0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */
|
| 410 |
0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
|
| 411 |
#endif
|
| 412 |
|
| 413 |
|
| 414 |
/* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
|
| 415 |
|
| 416 |
static BOOL
|
| 417 |
compile_regex(int, int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int,
|
| 418 |
int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *);
|
| 419 |
|
| 420 |
|
| 421 |
|
| 422 |
/*************************************************
|
| 423 |
* Handle escapes *
|
| 424 |
*************************************************/
|
| 425 |
|
| 426 |
/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
|
| 427 |
positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
|
| 428 |
encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group
|
| 429 |
n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When
|
| 430 |
UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry,
|
| 431 |
ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape
|
| 432 |
sequence.
|
| 433 |
|
| 434 |
Arguments:
|
| 435 |
ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
|
| 436 |
errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable
|
| 437 |
bracount number of previous extracting brackets
|
| 438 |
options the options bits
|
| 439 |
isclass TRUE if inside a character class
|
| 440 |
|
| 441 |
Returns: zero or positive => a data character
|
| 442 |
negative => a special escape sequence
|
| 443 |
on error, errorcodeptr is set
|
| 444 |
*/
|
| 445 |
|
| 446 |
static int
|
| 447 |
check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
|
| 448 |
int options, BOOL isclass)
|
| 449 |
{
|
| 450 |
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
|
| 451 |
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
|
| 452 |
int c, i;
|
| 453 |
|
| 454 |
GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */
|
| 455 |
ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
|
| 456 |
|
| 457 |
/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
|
| 458 |
|
| 459 |
if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
|
| 460 |
|
| 461 |
/* Non-alphamerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup in
|
| 462 |
a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
|
| 463 |
Otherwise further processing may be required. */
|
| 464 |
|
| 465 |
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
|
| 466 |
else if (c < '0' || c > 'z') {} /* Not alphameric */
|
| 467 |
else if ((i = escapes[c - '0']) != 0) c = i;
|
| 468 |
|
| 469 |
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
| 470 |
else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {} /* Not alphameric */
|
| 471 |
else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) c = i;
|
| 472 |
#endif
|
| 473 |
|
| 474 |
/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
|
| 475 |
|
| 476 |
else
|
| 477 |
{
|
| 478 |
const uschar *oldptr;
|
| 479 |
BOOL braced, negated;
|
| 480 |
|
| 481 |
switch (c)
|
| 482 |
{
|
| 483 |
/* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
|
| 484 |
error. */
|
| 485 |
|
| 486 |
case 'l':
|
| 487 |
case 'L':
|
| 488 |
case 'N':
|
| 489 |
case 'u':
|
| 490 |
case 'U':
|
| 491 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR37;
|
| 492 |
break;
|
| 493 |
|
| 494 |
/* \g must be followed by a number, either plain or braced. If positive, it
|
| 495 |
is an absolute backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference.
|
| 496 |
This is a Perl 5.10 feature. Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a
|
| 497 |
reference to a named group. This is part of Perl's movement towards a
|
| 498 |
unified syntax for back references. As this is synonymous with \k{name}, we
|
| 499 |
fudge it up by pretending it really was \k. */
|
| 500 |
|
| 501 |
case 'g':
|
| 502 |
if (ptr[1] == '{')
|
| 503 |
{
|
| 504 |
const uschar *p;
|
| 505 |
for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != '}'; p++)
|
| 506 |
if (*p != '-' && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
|
| 507 |
if (*p != 0 && *p != '}')
|
| 508 |
{
|
| 509 |
c = -ESC_k;
|
| 510 |
break;
|
| 511 |
}
|
| 512 |
braced = TRUE;
|
| 513 |
ptr++;
|
| 514 |
}
|
| 515 |
else braced = FALSE;
|
| 516 |
|
| 517 |
if (ptr[1] == '-')
|
| 518 |
{
|
| 519 |
negated = TRUE;
|
| 520 |
ptr++;
|
| 521 |
}
|
| 522 |
else negated = FALSE;
|
| 523 |
|
| 524 |
c = 0;
|
| 525 |
while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
| 526 |
c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - '0';
|
| 527 |
|
| 528 |
if (c < 0)
|
| 529 |
{
|
| 530 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR61;
|
| 531 |
break;
|
| 532 |
}
|
| 533 |
|
| 534 |
if (c == 0 || (braced && *(++ptr) != '}'))
|
| 535 |
{
|
| 536 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR57;
|
| 537 |
break;
|
| 538 |
}
|
| 539 |
|
| 540 |
if (negated)
|
| 541 |
{
|
| 542 |
if (c > bracount)
|
| 543 |
{
|
| 544 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 545 |
break;
|
| 546 |
}
|
| 547 |
c = bracount - (c - 1);
|
| 548 |
}
|
| 549 |
|
| 550 |
c = -(ESC_REF + c);
|
| 551 |
break;
|
| 552 |
|
| 553 |
/* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
|
| 554 |
starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
|
| 555 |
the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
|
| 556 |
|
| 557 |
Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
|
| 558 |
number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
|
| 559 |
left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
|
| 560 |
digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
|
| 561 |
123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
|
| 562 |
value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
|
| 563 |
character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
|
| 564 |
|
| 565 |
case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
|
| 566 |
case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
|
| 567 |
|
| 568 |
if (!isclass)
|
| 569 |
{
|
| 570 |
oldptr = ptr;
|
| 571 |
c -= '0';
|
| 572 |
while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
| 573 |
c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - '0';
|
| 574 |
if (c < 0)
|
| 575 |
{
|
| 576 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR61;
|
| 577 |
break;
|
| 578 |
}
|
| 579 |
if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
|
| 580 |
{
|
| 581 |
c = -(ESC_REF + c);
|
| 582 |
break;
|
| 583 |
}
|
| 584 |
ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
|
| 585 |
}
|
| 586 |
|
| 587 |
/* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
|
| 588 |
generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
|
| 589 |
Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
|
| 590 |
|
| 591 |
if ((c = *ptr) >= '8')
|
| 592 |
{
|
| 593 |
ptr--;
|
| 594 |
c = 0;
|
| 595 |
break;
|
| 596 |
}
|
| 597 |
|
| 598 |
/* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
|
| 599 |
larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
|
| 600 |
significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
|
| 601 |
to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more
|
| 602 |
than 3 octal digits. */
|
| 603 |
|
| 604 |
case '0':
|
| 605 |
c -= '0';
|
| 606 |
while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= '0' && ptr[1] <= '7')
|
| 607 |
c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - '0';
|
| 608 |
if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
|
| 609 |
break;
|
| 610 |
|
| 611 |
/* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
|
| 612 |
than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is
|
| 613 |
treated as a data character. */
|
| 614 |
|
| 615 |
case 'x':
|
| 616 |
if (ptr[1] == '{')
|
| 617 |
{
|
| 618 |
const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
|
| 619 |
int count = 0;
|
| 620 |
|
| 621 |
c = 0;
|
| 622 |
while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
|
| 623 |
{
|
| 624 |
register int cc = *pt++;
|
| 625 |
if (c == 0 && cc == '0') continue; /* Leading zeroes */
|
| 626 |
count++;
|
| 627 |
|
| 628 |
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
|
| 629 |
if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
|
| 630 |
c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
|
| 631 |
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
| 632 |
if (cc >= 'a' && cc <= 'z') cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
|
| 633 |
c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
|
| 634 |
#endif
|
| 635 |
}
|
| 636 |
|
| 637 |
if (*pt == '}')
|
| 638 |
{
|
| 639 |
if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
|
| 640 |
ptr = pt;
|
| 641 |
break;
|
| 642 |
}
|
| 643 |
|
| 644 |
/* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
|
| 645 |
recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
|
| 646 |
}
|
| 647 |
|
| 648 |
/* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
|
| 649 |
|
| 650 |
c = 0;
|
| 651 |
while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
|
| 652 |
{
|
| 653 |
int cc; /* Some compilers don't like ++ */
|
| 654 |
cc = *(++ptr); /* in initializers */
|
| 655 |
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
|
| 656 |
if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
|
| 657 |
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
|
| 658 |
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
| 659 |
if (cc <= 'z') cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
|
| 660 |
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
|
| 661 |
#endif
|
| 662 |
}
|
| 663 |
break;
|
| 664 |
|
| 665 |
/* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
|
| 666 |
This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
|
| 667 |
ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
|
| 668 |
|
| 669 |
case 'c':
|
| 670 |
c = *(++ptr);
|
| 671 |
if (c == 0)
|
| 672 |
{
|
| 673 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR2;
|
| 674 |
break;
|
| 675 |
}
|
| 676 |
|
| 677 |
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII coding */
|
| 678 |
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c -= 32;
|
| 679 |
c ^= 0x40;
|
| 680 |
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
| 681 |
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c += 64;
|
| 682 |
c ^= 0xC0;
|
| 683 |
#endif
|
| 684 |
break;
|
| 685 |
|
| 686 |
/* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
|
| 687 |
other alphameric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; otherwise,
|
| 688 |
for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit odd, but
|
| 689 |
there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may be again
|
| 690 |
in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
|
| 691 |
|
| 692 |
default:
|
| 693 |
if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
|
| 694 |
{
|
| 695 |
default:
|
| 696 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR3;
|
| 697 |
break;
|
| 698 |
}
|
| 699 |
break;
|
| 700 |
}
|
| 701 |
}
|
| 702 |
|
| 703 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 704 |
return c;
|
| 705 |
}
|
| 706 |
|
| 707 |
|
| 708 |
|
| 709 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 710 |
/*************************************************
|
| 711 |
* Handle \P and \p *
|
| 712 |
*************************************************/
|
| 713 |
|
| 714 |
/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
|
| 715 |
PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
|
| 716 |
pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
|
| 717 |
escape sequence.
|
| 718 |
|
| 719 |
Argument:
|
| 720 |
ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
|
| 721 |
negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
|
| 722 |
dptr points to an int that is set to the detailed property value
|
| 723 |
errorcodeptr points to the error code variable
|
| 724 |
|
| 725 |
Returns: type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
|
| 726 |
*/
|
| 727 |
|
| 728 |
static int
|
| 729 |
get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr)
|
| 730 |
{
|
| 731 |
int c, i, bot, top;
|
| 732 |
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
| 733 |
char name[32];
|
| 734 |
|
| 735 |
c = *(++ptr);
|
| 736 |
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 737 |
|
| 738 |
*negptr = FALSE;
|
| 739 |
|
| 740 |
/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
|
| 741 |
negation. */
|
| 742 |
|
| 743 |
if (c == '{')
|
| 744 |
{
|
| 745 |
if (ptr[1] == '^')
|
| 746 |
{
|
| 747 |
*negptr = TRUE;
|
| 748 |
ptr++;
|
| 749 |
}
|
| 750 |
for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++)
|
| 751 |
{
|
| 752 |
c = *(++ptr);
|
| 753 |
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 754 |
if (c == '}') break;
|
| 755 |
name[i] = c;
|
| 756 |
}
|
| 757 |
if (c !='}') goto ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 758 |
name[i] = 0;
|
| 759 |
}
|
| 760 |
|
| 761 |
/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
|
| 762 |
|
| 763 |
else
|
| 764 |
{
|
| 765 |
name[0] = c;
|
| 766 |
name[1] = 0;
|
| 767 |
}
|
| 768 |
|
| 769 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 770 |
|
| 771 |
/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
|
| 772 |
|
| 773 |
bot = 0;
|
| 774 |
top = _pcre_utt_size;
|
| 775 |
|
| 776 |
while (bot < top)
|
| 777 |
{
|
| 778 |
i = (bot + top) >> 1;
|
| 779 |
c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt[i].name);
|
| 780 |
if (c == 0)
|
| 781 |
{
|
| 782 |
*dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value;
|
| 783 |
return _pcre_utt[i].type;
|
| 784 |
}
|
| 785 |
if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
|
| 786 |
}
|
| 787 |
|
| 788 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
|
| 789 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 790 |
return -1;
|
| 791 |
|
| 792 |
ERROR_RETURN:
|
| 793 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
|
| 794 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 795 |
return -1;
|
| 796 |
}
|
| 797 |
#endif
|
| 798 |
|
| 799 |
|
| 800 |
|
| 801 |
|
| 802 |
/*************************************************
|
| 803 |
* Check for counted repeat *
|
| 804 |
*************************************************/
|
| 805 |
|
| 806 |
/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
|
| 807 |
start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
|
| 808 |
It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
|
| 809 |
where the ddds are digits.
|
| 810 |
|
| 811 |
Arguments:
|
| 812 |
p pointer to the first char after '{'
|
| 813 |
|
| 814 |
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
| 815 |
*/
|
| 816 |
|
| 817 |
static BOOL
|
| 818 |
is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
|
| 819 |
{
|
| 820 |
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
|
| 821 |
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
|
| 822 |
if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
|
| 823 |
|
| 824 |
if (*p++ != ',') return FALSE;
|
| 825 |
if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
|
| 826 |
|
| 827 |
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
|
| 828 |
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
|
| 829 |
|
| 830 |
return (*p == '}');
|
| 831 |
}
|
| 832 |
|
| 833 |
|
| 834 |
|
| 835 |
/*************************************************
|
| 836 |
* Read repeat counts *
|
| 837 |
*************************************************/
|
| 838 |
|
| 839 |
/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
|
| 840 |
after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
|
| 841 |
so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
|
| 842 |
|
| 843 |
Arguments:
|
| 844 |
p pointer to first char after '{'
|
| 845 |
minp pointer to int for min
|
| 846 |
maxp pointer to int for max
|
| 847 |
returned as -1 if no max
|
| 848 |
errorcodeptr points to error code variable
|
| 849 |
|
| 850 |
Returns: pointer to '}' on success;
|
| 851 |
current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
|
| 852 |
*/
|
| 853 |
|
| 854 |
static const uschar *
|
| 855 |
read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
|
| 856 |
{
|
| 857 |
int min = 0;
|
| 858 |
int max = -1;
|
| 859 |
|
| 860 |
/* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
|
| 861 |
an integer overflow. */
|
| 862 |
|
| 863 |
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - '0';
|
| 864 |
if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
|
| 865 |
{
|
| 866 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR5;
|
| 867 |
return p;
|
| 868 |
}
|
| 869 |
|
| 870 |
/* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
|
| 871 |
Also, max must not be less than min. */
|
| 872 |
|
| 873 |
if (*p == '}') max = min; else
|
| 874 |
{
|
| 875 |
if (*(++p) != '}')
|
| 876 |
{
|
| 877 |
max = 0;
|
| 878 |
while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - '0';
|
| 879 |
if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
|
| 880 |
{
|
| 881 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR5;
|
| 882 |
return p;
|
| 883 |
}
|
| 884 |
if (max < min)
|
| 885 |
{
|
| 886 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR4;
|
| 887 |
return p;
|
| 888 |
}
|
| 889 |
}
|
| 890 |
}
|
| 891 |
|
| 892 |
/* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
|
| 893 |
'}'. */
|
| 894 |
|
| 895 |
*minp = min;
|
| 896 |
*maxp = max;
|
| 897 |
return p;
|
| 898 |
}
|
| 899 |
|
| 900 |
|
| 901 |
|
| 902 |
/*************************************************
|
| 903 |
* Find forward referenced subpattern *
|
| 904 |
*************************************************/
|
| 905 |
|
| 906 |
/* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
|
| 907 |
subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
|
| 908 |
name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
|
| 909 |
returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
|
| 910 |
references to subpatterns. We know that if (?P< is encountered, the name will
|
| 911 |
be terminated by '>' because that is checked in the first pass.
|
| 912 |
|
| 913 |
Arguments:
|
| 914 |
ptr current position in the pattern
|
| 915 |
count current count of capturing parens so far encountered
|
| 916 |
name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
|
| 917 |
lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
|
| 918 |
xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode
|
| 919 |
|
| 920 |
Returns: the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
|
| 921 |
*/
|
| 922 |
|
| 923 |
static int
|
| 924 |
find_parens(const uschar *ptr, int count, const uschar *name, int lorn,
|
| 925 |
BOOL xmode)
|
| 926 |
{
|
| 927 |
const uschar *thisname;
|
| 928 |
|
| 929 |
for (; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
|
| 930 |
{
|
| 931 |
int term;
|
| 932 |
|
| 933 |
/* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
|
| 934 |
|
| 935 |
if (*ptr == '\\')
|
| 936 |
{
|
| 937 |
if (*(++ptr) == 0) return -1;
|
| 938 |
if (*ptr == 'Q') for (;;)
|
| 939 |
{
|
| 940 |
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '\\');
|
| 941 |
if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
|
| 942 |
if (*(++ptr) == 'E') break;
|
| 943 |
}
|
| 944 |
continue;
|
| 945 |
}
|
| 946 |
|
| 947 |
/* Skip over character classes */
|
| 948 |
|
| 949 |
if (*ptr == '[')
|
| 950 |
{
|
| 951 |
while (*(++ptr) != ']')
|
| 952 |
{
|
| 953 |
if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
|
| 954 |
if (*ptr == '\\')
|
| 955 |
{
|
| 956 |
if (*(++ptr) == 0) return -1;
|
| 957 |
if (*ptr == 'Q') for (;;)
|
| 958 |
{
|
| 959 |
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '\\');
|
| 960 |
if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
|
| 961 |
if (*(++ptr) == 'E') break;
|
| 962 |
}
|
| 963 |
continue;
|
| 964 |
}
|
| 965 |
}
|
| 966 |
continue;
|
| 967 |
}
|
| 968 |
|
| 969 |
/* Skip comments in /x mode */
|
| 970 |
|
| 971 |
if (xmode && *ptr == '#')
|
| 972 |
{
|
| 973 |
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '\n');
|
| 974 |
if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
|
| 975 |
continue;
|
| 976 |
}
|
| 977 |
|
| 978 |
/* An opening parens must now be a real metacharacter */
|
| 979 |
|
| 980 |
if (*ptr != '(') continue;
|
| 981 |
if (ptr[1] != '?' && ptr[1] != '*')
|
| 982 |
{
|
| 983 |
count++;
|
| 984 |
if (name == NULL && count == lorn) return count;
|
| 985 |
continue;
|
| 986 |
}
|
| 987 |
|
| 988 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 989 |
if (*ptr == 'P') ptr++; /* Allow optional P */
|
| 990 |
|
| 991 |
/* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> */
|
| 992 |
|
| 993 |
if ((*ptr != '<' || ptr[1] == '!' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
|
| 994 |
*ptr != '\'')
|
| 995 |
continue;
|
| 996 |
|
| 997 |
count++;
|
| 998 |
|
| 999 |
if (name == NULL && count == lorn) return count;
|
| 1000 |
term = *ptr++;
|
| 1001 |
if (term == '<') term = '>';
|
| 1002 |
thisname = ptr;
|
| 1003 |
while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
|
| 1004 |
if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname &&
|
| 1005 |
strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0)
|
| 1006 |
return count;
|
| 1007 |
}
|
| 1008 |
|
| 1009 |
return -1;
|
| 1010 |
}
|
| 1011 |
|
| 1012 |
|
| 1013 |
|
| 1014 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1015 |
* Find first significant op code *
|
| 1016 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1017 |
|
| 1018 |
/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
|
| 1019 |
for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
|
| 1020 |
that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
|
| 1021 |
For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
|
| 1022 |
assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
|
| 1023 |
|
| 1024 |
Arguments:
|
| 1025 |
code pointer to the start of the group
|
| 1026 |
options pointer to external options
|
| 1027 |
optbit the option bit whose changing is significant, or
|
| 1028 |
zero if none are
|
| 1029 |
skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
|
| 1030 |
|
| 1031 |
Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode
|
| 1032 |
*/
|
| 1033 |
|
| 1034 |
static const uschar*
|
| 1035 |
first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
|
| 1036 |
BOOL skipassert)
|
| 1037 |
{
|
| 1038 |
for (;;)
|
| 1039 |
{
|
| 1040 |
switch ((int)*code)
|
| 1041 |
{
|
| 1042 |
case OP_OPT:
|
| 1043 |
if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
|
| 1044 |
*options = (int)code[1];
|
| 1045 |
code += 2;
|
| 1046 |
break;
|
| 1047 |
|
| 1048 |
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
|
| 1049 |
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
|
| 1050 |
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
|
| 1051 |
if (!skipassert) return code;
|
| 1052 |
do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
| 1053 |
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
|
| 1054 |
break;
|
| 1055 |
|
| 1056 |
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
| 1057 |
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
| 1058 |
if (!skipassert) return code;
|
| 1059 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 1060 |
|
| 1061 |
case OP_CALLOUT:
|
| 1062 |
case OP_CREF:
|
| 1063 |
case OP_RREF:
|
| 1064 |
case OP_DEF:
|
| 1065 |
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
|
| 1066 |
break;
|
| 1067 |
|
| 1068 |
default:
|
| 1069 |
return code;
|
| 1070 |
}
|
| 1071 |
}
|
| 1072 |
/* Control never reaches here */
|
| 1073 |
}
|
| 1074 |
|
| 1075 |
|
| 1076 |
|
| 1077 |
|
| 1078 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1079 |
* Find the fixed length of a pattern *
|
| 1080 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1081 |
|
| 1082 |
/* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
|
| 1083 |
if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
|
| 1084 |
In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
|
| 1085 |
|
| 1086 |
Arguments:
|
| 1087 |
code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
|
| 1088 |
options the compiling options
|
| 1089 |
|
| 1090 |
Returns: the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
|
| 1091 |
or -2 if \C was encountered
|
| 1092 |
*/
|
| 1093 |
|
| 1094 |
static int
|
| 1095 |
find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
|
| 1096 |
{
|
| 1097 |
int length = -1;
|
| 1098 |
|
| 1099 |
register int branchlength = 0;
|
| 1100 |
register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 1101 |
|
| 1102 |
/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
|
| 1103 |
branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
|
| 1104 |
|
| 1105 |
for (;;)
|
| 1106 |
{
|
| 1107 |
int d;
|
| 1108 |
register int op = *cc;
|
| 1109 |
switch (op)
|
| 1110 |
{
|
| 1111 |
case OP_CBRA:
|
| 1112 |
case OP_BRA:
|
| 1113 |
case OP_ONCE:
|
| 1114 |
case OP_COND:
|
| 1115 |
d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), options);
|
| 1116 |
if (d < 0) return d;
|
| 1117 |
branchlength += d;
|
| 1118 |
do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
|
| 1119 |
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 1120 |
break;
|
| 1121 |
|
| 1122 |
/* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
|
| 1123 |
call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
|
| 1124 |
END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
|
| 1125 |
|
| 1126 |
case OP_ALT:
|
| 1127 |
case OP_KET:
|
| 1128 |
case OP_KETRMAX:
|
| 1129 |
case OP_KETRMIN:
|
| 1130 |
case OP_END:
|
| 1131 |
if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
|
| 1132 |
else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
|
| 1133 |
if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
|
| 1134 |
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 1135 |
branchlength = 0;
|
| 1136 |
break;
|
| 1137 |
|
| 1138 |
/* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
|
| 1139 |
|
| 1140 |
case OP_ASSERT:
|
| 1141 |
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
|
| 1142 |
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
|
| 1143 |
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
|
| 1144 |
do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
|
| 1145 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 1146 |
|
| 1147 |
/* Skip over things that don't match chars */
|
| 1148 |
|
| 1149 |
case OP_REVERSE:
|
| 1150 |
case OP_CREF:
|
| 1151 |
case OP_RREF:
|
| 1152 |
case OP_DEF:
|
| 1153 |
case OP_OPT:
|
| 1154 |
case OP_CALLOUT:
|
| 1155 |
case OP_SOD:
|
| 1156 |
case OP_SOM:
|
| 1157 |
case OP_EOD:
|
| 1158 |
case OP_EODN:
|
| 1159 |
case OP_CIRC:
|
| 1160 |
case OP_DOLL:
|
| 1161 |
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
| 1162 |
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
| 1163 |
cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
|
| 1164 |
break;
|
| 1165 |
|
| 1166 |
/* Handle literal characters */
|
| 1167 |
|
| 1168 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 1169 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 1170 |
case OP_NOT:
|
| 1171 |
branchlength++;
|
| 1172 |
cc += 2;
|
| 1173 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1174 |
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
|
| 1175 |
{
|
| 1176 |
while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
|
| 1177 |
}
|
| 1178 |
#endif
|
| 1179 |
break;
|
| 1180 |
|
| 1181 |
/* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
|
| 1182 |
need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */
|
| 1183 |
|
| 1184 |
case OP_EXACT:
|
| 1185 |
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
|
| 1186 |
cc += 4;
|
| 1187 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1188 |
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
|
| 1189 |
{
|
| 1190 |
while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
|
| 1191 |
}
|
| 1192 |
#endif
|
| 1193 |
break;
|
| 1194 |
|
| 1195 |
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
| 1196 |
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
|
| 1197 |
if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2;
|
| 1198 |
cc += 4;
|
| 1199 |
break;
|
| 1200 |
|
| 1201 |
/* Handle single-char matchers */
|
| 1202 |
|
| 1203 |
case OP_PROP:
|
| 1204 |
case OP_NOTPROP:
|
| 1205 |
cc += 2;
|
| 1206 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 1207 |
|
| 1208 |
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
| 1209 |
case OP_DIGIT:
|
| 1210 |
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
| 1211 |
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
| 1212 |
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
| 1213 |
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
| 1214 |
case OP_ANY:
|
| 1215 |
branchlength++;
|
| 1216 |
cc++;
|
| 1217 |
break;
|
| 1218 |
|
| 1219 |
/* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
|
| 1220 |
|
| 1221 |
case OP_ANYBYTE:
|
| 1222 |
return -2;
|
| 1223 |
|
| 1224 |
/* Check a class for variable quantification */
|
| 1225 |
|
| 1226 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1227 |
case OP_XCLASS:
|
| 1228 |
cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
|
| 1229 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 1230 |
#endif
|
| 1231 |
|
| 1232 |
case OP_CLASS:
|
| 1233 |
case OP_NCLASS:
|
| 1234 |
cc += 33;
|
| 1235 |
|
| 1236 |
switch (*cc)
|
| 1237 |
{
|
| 1238 |
case OP_CRSTAR:
|
| 1239 |
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
|
| 1240 |
case OP_CRQUERY:
|
| 1241 |
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
|
| 1242 |
return -1;
|
| 1243 |
|
| 1244 |
case OP_CRRANGE:
|
| 1245 |
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
|
| 1246 |
if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
|
| 1247 |
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
|
| 1248 |
cc += 5;
|
| 1249 |
break;
|
| 1250 |
|
| 1251 |
default:
|
| 1252 |
branchlength++;
|
| 1253 |
}
|
| 1254 |
break;
|
| 1255 |
|
| 1256 |
/* Anything else is variable length */
|
| 1257 |
|
| 1258 |
default:
|
| 1259 |
return -1;
|
| 1260 |
}
|
| 1261 |
}
|
| 1262 |
/* Control never gets here */
|
| 1263 |
}
|
| 1264 |
|
| 1265 |
|
| 1266 |
|
| 1267 |
|
| 1268 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1269 |
* Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket *
|
| 1270 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1271 |
|
| 1272 |
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
|
| 1273 |
capturing bracket with the given number.
|
| 1274 |
|
| 1275 |
Arguments:
|
| 1276 |
code points to start of expression
|
| 1277 |
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
| 1278 |
number the required bracket number
|
| 1279 |
|
| 1280 |
Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
|
| 1281 |
*/
|
| 1282 |
|
| 1283 |
static const uschar *
|
| 1284 |
find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
|
| 1285 |
{
|
| 1286 |
for (;;)
|
| 1287 |
{
|
| 1288 |
register int c = *code;
|
| 1289 |
if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
|
| 1290 |
|
| 1291 |
/* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
|
| 1292 |
map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
|
| 1293 |
the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
|
| 1294 |
|
| 1295 |
if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 1296 |
|
| 1297 |
/* Handle capturing bracket */
|
| 1298 |
|
| 1299 |
else if (c == OP_CBRA)
|
| 1300 |
{
|
| 1301 |
int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
|
| 1302 |
if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
|
| 1303 |
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
| 1304 |
}
|
| 1305 |
|
| 1306 |
/* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
|
| 1307 |
repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
|
| 1308 |
two bytes of parameters. */
|
| 1309 |
|
| 1310 |
else
|
| 1311 |
{
|
| 1312 |
switch(c)
|
| 1313 |
{
|
| 1314 |
case OP_TYPESTAR:
|
| 1315 |
case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
|
| 1316 |
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
|
| 1317 |
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
|
| 1318 |
case OP_TYPEQUERY:
|
| 1319 |
case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
|
| 1320 |
case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
|
| 1321 |
case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
|
| 1322 |
case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
|
| 1323 |
if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
| 1324 |
break;
|
| 1325 |
|
| 1326 |
case OP_TYPEUPTO:
|
| 1327 |
case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
|
| 1328 |
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
| 1329 |
case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
|
| 1330 |
if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
| 1331 |
break;
|
| 1332 |
}
|
| 1333 |
|
| 1334 |
/* Add in the fixed length from the table */
|
| 1335 |
|
| 1336 |
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
| 1337 |
|
| 1338 |
/* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
|
| 1339 |
a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
|
| 1340 |
arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
|
| 1341 |
|
| 1342 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1343 |
if (utf8) switch(c)
|
| 1344 |
{
|
| 1345 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 1346 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 1347 |
case OP_EXACT:
|
| 1348 |
case OP_UPTO:
|
| 1349 |
case OP_MINUPTO:
|
| 1350 |
case OP_POSUPTO:
|
| 1351 |
case OP_STAR:
|
| 1352 |
case OP_MINSTAR:
|
| 1353 |
case OP_POSSTAR:
|
| 1354 |
case OP_PLUS:
|
| 1355 |
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
| 1356 |
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
| 1357 |
case OP_QUERY:
|
| 1358 |
case OP_MINQUERY:
|
| 1359 |
case OP_POSQUERY:
|
| 1360 |
if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
|
| 1361 |
break;
|
| 1362 |
}
|
| 1363 |
#endif
|
| 1364 |
}
|
| 1365 |
}
|
| 1366 |
}
|
| 1367 |
|
| 1368 |
|
| 1369 |
|
| 1370 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1371 |
* Scan compiled regex for recursion reference *
|
| 1372 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1373 |
|
| 1374 |
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
|
| 1375 |
instance of OP_RECURSE.
|
| 1376 |
|
| 1377 |
Arguments:
|
| 1378 |
code points to start of expression
|
| 1379 |
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
| 1380 |
|
| 1381 |
Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
|
| 1382 |
*/
|
| 1383 |
|
| 1384 |
static const uschar *
|
| 1385 |
find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
|
| 1386 |
{
|
| 1387 |
for (;;)
|
| 1388 |
{
|
| 1389 |
register int c = *code;
|
| 1390 |
if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
|
| 1391 |
if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
|
| 1392 |
|
| 1393 |
/* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
|
| 1394 |
map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
|
| 1395 |
the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
|
| 1396 |
|
| 1397 |
if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 1398 |
|
| 1399 |
/* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
|
| 1400 |
repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
|
| 1401 |
two bytes of parameters. */
|
| 1402 |
|
| 1403 |
else
|
| 1404 |
{
|
| 1405 |
switch(c)
|
| 1406 |
{
|
| 1407 |
case OP_TYPESTAR:
|
| 1408 |
case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
|
| 1409 |
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
|
| 1410 |
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
|
| 1411 |
case OP_TYPEQUERY:
|
| 1412 |
case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
|
| 1413 |
case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
|
| 1414 |
case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
|
| 1415 |
case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
|
| 1416 |
if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
| 1417 |
break;
|
| 1418 |
|
| 1419 |
case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
|
| 1420 |
case OP_TYPEUPTO:
|
| 1421 |
case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
|
| 1422 |
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
| 1423 |
if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
| 1424 |
break;
|
| 1425 |
}
|
| 1426 |
|
| 1427 |
/* Add in the fixed length from the table */
|
| 1428 |
|
| 1429 |
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
| 1430 |
|
| 1431 |
/* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
|
| 1432 |
by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
|
| 1433 |
to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
|
| 1434 |
|
| 1435 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1436 |
if (utf8) switch(c)
|
| 1437 |
{
|
| 1438 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 1439 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 1440 |
case OP_EXACT:
|
| 1441 |
case OP_UPTO:
|
| 1442 |
case OP_MINUPTO:
|
| 1443 |
case OP_POSUPTO:
|
| 1444 |
case OP_STAR:
|
| 1445 |
case OP_MINSTAR:
|
| 1446 |
case OP_POSSTAR:
|
| 1447 |
case OP_PLUS:
|
| 1448 |
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
| 1449 |
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
| 1450 |
case OP_QUERY:
|
| 1451 |
case OP_MINQUERY:
|
| 1452 |
case OP_POSQUERY:
|
| 1453 |
if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
|
| 1454 |
break;
|
| 1455 |
}
|
| 1456 |
#endif
|
| 1457 |
}
|
| 1458 |
}
|
| 1459 |
}
|
| 1460 |
|
| 1461 |
|
| 1462 |
|
| 1463 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1464 |
* Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness *
|
| 1465 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1466 |
|
| 1467 |
/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
|
| 1468 |
can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
|
| 1469 |
below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
|
| 1470 |
group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
|
| 1471 |
assertions. If we hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've
|
| 1472 |
struck an inner bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
|
| 1473 |
|
| 1474 |
Arguments:
|
| 1475 |
code points to start of search
|
| 1476 |
endcode points to where to stop
|
| 1477 |
utf8 TRUE if in UTF8 mode
|
| 1478 |
|
| 1479 |
Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
|
| 1480 |
*/
|
| 1481 |
|
| 1482 |
static BOOL
|
| 1483 |
could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
|
| 1484 |
{
|
| 1485 |
register int c;
|
| 1486 |
for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], NULL, 0, TRUE);
|
| 1487 |
code < endcode;
|
| 1488 |
code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
|
| 1489 |
{
|
| 1490 |
const uschar *ccode;
|
| 1491 |
|
| 1492 |
c = *code;
|
| 1493 |
|
| 1494 |
/* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
|
| 1495 |
|
| 1496 |
if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO)
|
| 1497 |
{
|
| 1498 |
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
| 1499 |
do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
| 1500 |
c = *code;
|
| 1501 |
continue;
|
| 1502 |
}
|
| 1503 |
|
| 1504 |
/* For other groups, scan the branches. */
|
| 1505 |
|
| 1506 |
if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_COND)
|
| 1507 |
{
|
| 1508 |
BOOL empty_branch;
|
| 1509 |
if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */
|
| 1510 |
|
| 1511 |
/* Scan a closed bracket */
|
| 1512 |
|
| 1513 |
empty_branch = FALSE;
|
| 1514 |
do
|
| 1515 |
{
|
| 1516 |
if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
|
| 1517 |
empty_branch = TRUE;
|
| 1518 |
code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 1519 |
}
|
| 1520 |
while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
| 1521 |
if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
|
| 1522 |
c = *code;
|
| 1523 |
continue;
|
| 1524 |
}
|
| 1525 |
|
| 1526 |
/* Handle the other opcodes */
|
| 1527 |
|
| 1528 |
switch (c)
|
| 1529 |
{
|
| 1530 |
/* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
|
| 1531 |
cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
|
| 1532 |
high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the
|
| 1533 |
actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
|
| 1534 |
here. */
|
| 1535 |
|
| 1536 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1537 |
case OP_XCLASS:
|
| 1538 |
ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 1539 |
goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
|
| 1540 |
#endif
|
| 1541 |
|
| 1542 |
case OP_CLASS:
|
| 1543 |
case OP_NCLASS:
|
| 1544 |
ccode = code + 33;
|
| 1545 |
|
| 1546 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1547 |
CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
|
| 1548 |
#endif
|
| 1549 |
|
| 1550 |
switch (*ccode)
|
| 1551 |
{
|
| 1552 |
case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */
|
| 1553 |
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
|
| 1554 |
case OP_CRQUERY:
|
| 1555 |
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
|
| 1556 |
break;
|
| 1557 |
|
| 1558 |
default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */
|
| 1559 |
case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */
|
| 1560 |
case OP_CRMINPLUS:
|
| 1561 |
return FALSE;
|
| 1562 |
|
| 1563 |
case OP_CRRANGE:
|
| 1564 |
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
|
| 1565 |
if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */
|
| 1566 |
break;
|
| 1567 |
}
|
| 1568 |
break;
|
| 1569 |
|
| 1570 |
/* Opcodes that must match a character */
|
| 1571 |
|
| 1572 |
case OP_PROP:
|
| 1573 |
case OP_NOTPROP:
|
| 1574 |
case OP_EXTUNI:
|
| 1575 |
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
| 1576 |
case OP_DIGIT:
|
| 1577 |
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
| 1578 |
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
| 1579 |
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
| 1580 |
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
| 1581 |
case OP_ANY:
|
| 1582 |
case OP_ANYBYTE:
|
| 1583 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 1584 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 1585 |
case OP_NOT:
|
| 1586 |
case OP_PLUS:
|
| 1587 |
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
| 1588 |
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
| 1589 |
case OP_EXACT:
|
| 1590 |
case OP_NOTPLUS:
|
| 1591 |
case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
|
| 1592 |
case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
|
| 1593 |
case OP_NOTEXACT:
|
| 1594 |
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
|
| 1595 |
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
|
| 1596 |
case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
|
| 1597 |
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
| 1598 |
return FALSE;
|
| 1599 |
|
| 1600 |
/* End of branch */
|
| 1601 |
|
| 1602 |
case OP_KET:
|
| 1603 |
case OP_KETRMAX:
|
| 1604 |
case OP_KETRMIN:
|
| 1605 |
case OP_ALT:
|
| 1606 |
return TRUE;
|
| 1607 |
|
| 1608 |
/* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
|
| 1609 |
MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
|
| 1610 |
|
| 1611 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1612 |
case OP_STAR:
|
| 1613 |
case OP_MINSTAR:
|
| 1614 |
case OP_POSSTAR:
|
| 1615 |
case OP_QUERY:
|
| 1616 |
case OP_MINQUERY:
|
| 1617 |
case OP_POSQUERY:
|
| 1618 |
case OP_UPTO:
|
| 1619 |
case OP_MINUPTO:
|
| 1620 |
case OP_POSUPTO:
|
| 1621 |
if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
|
| 1622 |
break;
|
| 1623 |
#endif
|
| 1624 |
}
|
| 1625 |
}
|
| 1626 |
|
| 1627 |
return TRUE;
|
| 1628 |
}
|
| 1629 |
|
| 1630 |
|
| 1631 |
|
| 1632 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1633 |
* Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness *
|
| 1634 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1635 |
|
| 1636 |
/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
|
| 1637 |
the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
|
| 1638 |
string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
|
| 1639 |
stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
|
| 1640 |
|
| 1641 |
Arguments:
|
| 1642 |
code points to start of the recursion
|
| 1643 |
endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
|
| 1644 |
bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
|
| 1645 |
utf8 TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
|
| 1646 |
|
| 1647 |
Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
|
| 1648 |
*/
|
| 1649 |
|
| 1650 |
static BOOL
|
| 1651 |
could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
|
| 1652 |
BOOL utf8)
|
| 1653 |
{
|
| 1654 |
while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
|
| 1655 |
{
|
| 1656 |
if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
|
| 1657 |
bcptr = bcptr->outer;
|
| 1658 |
}
|
| 1659 |
return TRUE;
|
| 1660 |
}
|
| 1661 |
|
| 1662 |
|
| 1663 |
|
| 1664 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1665 |
* Check for POSIX class syntax *
|
| 1666 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1667 |
|
| 1668 |
/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
|
| 1669 |
encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by an
|
| 1670 |
optional ^ and then a sequence of letters, terminated by a matching ":]" or
|
| 1671 |
".]" or "=]".
|
| 1672 |
|
| 1673 |
Argument:
|
| 1674 |
ptr pointer to the initial [
|
| 1675 |
endptr where to return the end pointer
|
| 1676 |
cd pointer to compile data
|
| 1677 |
|
| 1678 |
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
| 1679 |
*/
|
| 1680 |
|
| 1681 |
static BOOL
|
| 1682 |
check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr, compile_data *cd)
|
| 1683 |
{
|
| 1684 |
int terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
|
| 1685 |
terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
|
| 1686 |
if (*(++ptr) == '^') ptr++;
|
| 1687 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
|
| 1688 |
if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == ']')
|
| 1689 |
{
|
| 1690 |
*endptr = ptr;
|
| 1691 |
return TRUE;
|
| 1692 |
}
|
| 1693 |
return FALSE;
|
| 1694 |
}
|
| 1695 |
|
| 1696 |
|
| 1697 |
|
| 1698 |
|
| 1699 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1700 |
* Check POSIX class name *
|
| 1701 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1702 |
|
| 1703 |
/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
|
| 1704 |
such as [:alnum:].
|
| 1705 |
|
| 1706 |
Arguments:
|
| 1707 |
ptr points to the first letter
|
| 1708 |
len the length of the name
|
| 1709 |
|
| 1710 |
Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
|
| 1711 |
*/
|
| 1712 |
|
| 1713 |
static int
|
| 1714 |
check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
|
| 1715 |
{
|
| 1716 |
register int yield = 0;
|
| 1717 |
while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
|
| 1718 |
{
|
| 1719 |
if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
|
| 1720 |
strncmp((const char *)ptr, posix_names[yield], len) == 0) return yield;
|
| 1721 |
yield++;
|
| 1722 |
}
|
| 1723 |
return -1;
|
| 1724 |
}
|
| 1725 |
|
| 1726 |
|
| 1727 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1728 |
* Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group *
|
| 1729 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1730 |
|
| 1731 |
/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
|
| 1732 |
that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
|
| 1733 |
repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
|
| 1734 |
earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
|
| 1735 |
optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO is inserted before
|
| 1736 |
it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE items within it
|
| 1737 |
that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to have their
|
| 1738 |
offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it is called,
|
| 1739 |
the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with OP_END.
|
| 1740 |
|
| 1741 |
This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
|
| 1742 |
recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
|
| 1743 |
for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
|
| 1744 |
the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
|
| 1745 |
value in the reference (which is a group number).
|
| 1746 |
|
| 1747 |
Arguments:
|
| 1748 |
group points to the start of the group
|
| 1749 |
adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved
|
| 1750 |
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
| 1751 |
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
| 1752 |
save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
|
| 1753 |
|
| 1754 |
Returns: nothing
|
| 1755 |
*/
|
| 1756 |
|
| 1757 |
static void
|
| 1758 |
adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd,
|
| 1759 |
uschar *save_hwm)
|
| 1760 |
{
|
| 1761 |
uschar *ptr = group;
|
| 1762 |
while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
|
| 1763 |
{
|
| 1764 |
int offset;
|
| 1765 |
uschar *hc;
|
| 1766 |
|
| 1767 |
/* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
|
| 1768 |
reference. */
|
| 1769 |
|
| 1770 |
for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
|
| 1771 |
{
|
| 1772 |
offset = GET(hc, 0);
|
| 1773 |
if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
|
| 1774 |
{
|
| 1775 |
PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
|
| 1776 |
break;
|
| 1777 |
}
|
| 1778 |
}
|
| 1779 |
|
| 1780 |
/* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
|
| 1781 |
group. */
|
| 1782 |
|
| 1783 |
if (hc >= cd->hwm)
|
| 1784 |
{
|
| 1785 |
offset = GET(ptr, 1);
|
| 1786 |
if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
|
| 1787 |
}
|
| 1788 |
|
| 1789 |
ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 1790 |
}
|
| 1791 |
}
|
| 1792 |
|
| 1793 |
|
| 1794 |
|
| 1795 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1796 |
* Insert an automatic callout point *
|
| 1797 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1798 |
|
| 1799 |
/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
|
| 1800 |
callout points before each pattern item.
|
| 1801 |
|
| 1802 |
Arguments:
|
| 1803 |
code current code pointer
|
| 1804 |
ptr current pattern pointer
|
| 1805 |
cd pointers to tables etc
|
| 1806 |
|
| 1807 |
Returns: new code pointer
|
| 1808 |
*/
|
| 1809 |
|
| 1810 |
static uschar *
|
| 1811 |
auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
|
| 1812 |
{
|
| 1813 |
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
|
| 1814 |
*code++ = 255;
|
| 1815 |
PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern); /* Pattern offset */
|
| 1816 |
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
|
| 1817 |
return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
|
| 1818 |
}
|
| 1819 |
|
| 1820 |
|
| 1821 |
|
| 1822 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1823 |
* Complete a callout item *
|
| 1824 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1825 |
|
| 1826 |
/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
|
| 1827 |
we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
|
| 1828 |
for both automatic and manual callouts.
|
| 1829 |
|
| 1830 |
Arguments:
|
| 1831 |
previous_callout points to previous callout item
|
| 1832 |
ptr current pattern pointer
|
| 1833 |
cd pointers to tables etc
|
| 1834 |
|
| 1835 |
Returns: nothing
|
| 1836 |
*/
|
| 1837 |
|
| 1838 |
static void
|
| 1839 |
complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
|
| 1840 |
{
|
| 1841 |
int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
|
| 1842 |
PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
|
| 1843 |
}
|
| 1844 |
|
| 1845 |
|
| 1846 |
|
| 1847 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 1848 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1849 |
* Get othercase range *
|
| 1850 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1851 |
|
| 1852 |
/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
|
| 1853 |
with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
|
| 1854 |
characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
|
| 1855 |
start address.
|
| 1856 |
|
| 1857 |
Arguments:
|
| 1858 |
cptr points to starting character value; updated
|
| 1859 |
d end value
|
| 1860 |
ocptr where to put start of othercase range
|
| 1861 |
odptr where to put end of othercase range
|
| 1862 |
|
| 1863 |
Yield: TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
|
| 1864 |
*/
|
| 1865 |
|
| 1866 |
static BOOL
|
| 1867 |
get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr,
|
| 1868 |
unsigned int *odptr)
|
| 1869 |
{
|
| 1870 |
unsigned int c, othercase, next;
|
| 1871 |
|
| 1872 |
for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
|
| 1873 |
{ if ((othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase(c)) != NOTACHAR) break; }
|
| 1874 |
|
| 1875 |
if (c > d) return FALSE;
|
| 1876 |
|
| 1877 |
*ocptr = othercase;
|
| 1878 |
next = othercase + 1;
|
| 1879 |
|
| 1880 |
for (++c; c <= d; c++)
|
| 1881 |
{
|
| 1882 |
if (_pcre_ucp_othercase(c) != next) break;
|
| 1883 |
next++;
|
| 1884 |
}
|
| 1885 |
|
| 1886 |
*odptr = next - 1;
|
| 1887 |
*cptr = c;
|
| 1888 |
|
| 1889 |
return TRUE;
|
| 1890 |
}
|
| 1891 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
| 1892 |
|
| 1893 |
|
| 1894 |
|
| 1895 |
/*************************************************
|
| 1896 |
* Check if auto-possessifying is possible *
|
| 1897 |
*************************************************/
|
| 1898 |
|
| 1899 |
/* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
|
| 1900 |
whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
|
| 1901 |
sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
|
| 1902 |
|
| 1903 |
Arguments:
|
| 1904 |
op_code the repeated op code
|
| 1905 |
this data for this item, depends on the opcode
|
| 1906 |
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
| 1907 |
utf8_char used for utf8 character bytes, NULL if not relevant
|
| 1908 |
ptr next character in pattern
|
| 1909 |
options options bits
|
| 1910 |
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
| 1911 |
|
| 1912 |
Returns: TRUE if possessifying is wanted
|
| 1913 |
*/
|
| 1914 |
|
| 1915 |
static BOOL
|
| 1916 |
check_auto_possessive(int op_code, int item, BOOL utf8, uschar *utf8_char,
|
| 1917 |
const uschar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
|
| 1918 |
{
|
| 1919 |
int next;
|
| 1920 |
|
| 1921 |
/* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
|
| 1922 |
|
| 1923 |
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
|
| 1924 |
{
|
| 1925 |
for (;;)
|
| 1926 |
{
|
| 1927 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
|
| 1928 |
if (*ptr == '#')
|
| 1929 |
{
|
| 1930 |
while (*(++ptr) != 0)
|
| 1931 |
if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
|
| 1932 |
}
|
| 1933 |
else break;
|
| 1934 |
}
|
| 1935 |
}
|
| 1936 |
|
| 1937 |
/* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
|
| 1938 |
value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
|
| 1939 |
|
| 1940 |
if (*ptr == '\\')
|
| 1941 |
{
|
| 1942 |
int temperrorcode = 0;
|
| 1943 |
next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
|
| 1944 |
if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
|
| 1945 |
ptr++; /* Point after the escape sequence */
|
| 1946 |
}
|
| 1947 |
|
| 1948 |
else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
|
| 1949 |
{
|
| 1950 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1951 |
if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
|
| 1952 |
#endif
|
| 1953 |
next = *ptr++;
|
| 1954 |
}
|
| 1955 |
|
| 1956 |
else return FALSE;
|
| 1957 |
|
| 1958 |
/* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
|
| 1959 |
|
| 1960 |
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
|
| 1961 |
{
|
| 1962 |
for (;;)
|
| 1963 |
{
|
| 1964 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
|
| 1965 |
if (*ptr == '#')
|
| 1966 |
{
|
| 1967 |
while (*(++ptr) != 0)
|
| 1968 |
if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
|
| 1969 |
}
|
| 1970 |
else break;
|
| 1971 |
}
|
| 1972 |
}
|
| 1973 |
|
| 1974 |
/* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
|
| 1975 |
|
| 1976 |
if (*ptr == '*' || *ptr == '?' || strncmp((char *)ptr, "{0,", 3) == 0)
|
| 1977 |
return FALSE;
|
| 1978 |
|
| 1979 |
/* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. If the previous is a
|
| 1980 |
positive single character match, "item" either contains the character or, if
|
| 1981 |
"item" is greater than 127 in utf8 mode, the character's bytes are in
|
| 1982 |
utf8_char. */
|
| 1983 |
|
| 1984 |
|
| 1985 |
/* Handle cases when the next item is a character. */
|
| 1986 |
|
| 1987 |
if (next >= 0) switch(op_code)
|
| 1988 |
{
|
| 1989 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 1990 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 1991 |
if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
|
| 1992 |
#endif
|
| 1993 |
return item != next;
|
| 1994 |
|
| 1995 |
/* For CHARNC (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
|
| 1996 |
Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
|
| 1997 |
high-valued characters. */
|
| 1998 |
|
| 1999 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 2000 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2001 |
if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
|
| 2002 |
#endif
|
| 2003 |
if (item == next) return FALSE;
|
| 2004 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2005 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2006 |
{
|
| 2007 |
unsigned int othercase;
|
| 2008 |
if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
|
| 2009 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 2010 |
othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase((unsigned int)next);
|
| 2011 |
#else
|
| 2012 |
othercase = NOTACHAR;
|
| 2013 |
#endif
|
| 2014 |
return (unsigned int)item != othercase;
|
| 2015 |
}
|
| 2016 |
else
|
| 2017 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
| 2018 |
return (item != cd->fcc[next]); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
|
| 2019 |
|
| 2020 |
/* For OP_NOT, "item" must be a single-byte character. */
|
| 2021 |
|
| 2022 |
case OP_NOT:
|
| 2023 |
if (next < 0) return FALSE; /* Not a character */
|
| 2024 |
if (item == next) return TRUE;
|
| 2025 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0) return FALSE;
|
| 2026 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2027 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2028 |
{
|
| 2029 |
unsigned int othercase;
|
| 2030 |
if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
|
| 2031 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 2032 |
othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase(next);
|
| 2033 |
#else
|
| 2034 |
othercase = NOTACHAR;
|
| 2035 |
#endif
|
| 2036 |
return (unsigned int)item == othercase;
|
| 2037 |
}
|
| 2038 |
else
|
| 2039 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
| 2040 |
return (item == cd->fcc[next]); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
|
| 2041 |
|
| 2042 |
case OP_DIGIT:
|
| 2043 |
return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
|
| 2044 |
|
| 2045 |
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
| 2046 |
return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
|
| 2047 |
|
| 2048 |
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
| 2049 |
return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
|
| 2050 |
|
| 2051 |
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
| 2052 |
return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
|
| 2053 |
|
| 2054 |
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
| 2055 |
return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
|
| 2056 |
|
| 2057 |
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
| 2058 |
return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
|
| 2059 |
|
| 2060 |
case OP_HSPACE:
|
| 2061 |
case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
|
| 2062 |
switch(next)
|
| 2063 |
{
|
| 2064 |
case 0x09:
|
| 2065 |
case 0x20:
|
| 2066 |
case 0xa0:
|
| 2067 |
case 0x1680:
|
| 2068 |
case 0x180e:
|
| 2069 |
case 0x2000:
|
| 2070 |
case 0x2001:
|
| 2071 |
case 0x2002:
|
| 2072 |
case 0x2003:
|
| 2073 |
case 0x2004:
|
| 2074 |
case 0x2005:
|
| 2075 |
case 0x2006:
|
| 2076 |
case 0x2007:
|
| 2077 |
case 0x2008:
|
| 2078 |
case 0x2009:
|
| 2079 |
case 0x200A:
|
| 2080 |
case 0x202f:
|
| 2081 |
case 0x205f:
|
| 2082 |
case 0x3000:
|
| 2083 |
return op_code != OP_HSPACE;
|
| 2084 |
default:
|
| 2085 |
return op_code == OP_HSPACE;
|
| 2086 |
}
|
| 2087 |
|
| 2088 |
case OP_VSPACE:
|
| 2089 |
case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
|
| 2090 |
switch(next)
|
| 2091 |
{
|
| 2092 |
case 0x0a:
|
| 2093 |
case 0x0b:
|
| 2094 |
case 0x0c:
|
| 2095 |
case 0x0d:
|
| 2096 |
case 0x85:
|
| 2097 |
case 0x2028:
|
| 2098 |
case 0x2029:
|
| 2099 |
return op_code != OP_VSPACE;
|
| 2100 |
default:
|
| 2101 |
return op_code == OP_VSPACE;
|
| 2102 |
}
|
| 2103 |
|
| 2104 |
default:
|
| 2105 |
return FALSE;
|
| 2106 |
}
|
| 2107 |
|
| 2108 |
|
| 2109 |
/* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. */
|
| 2110 |
|
| 2111 |
switch(op_code)
|
| 2112 |
{
|
| 2113 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 2114 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 2115 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2116 |
if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
|
| 2117 |
#endif
|
| 2118 |
switch(-next)
|
| 2119 |
{
|
| 2120 |
case ESC_d:
|
| 2121 |
return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) == 0;
|
| 2122 |
|
| 2123 |
case ESC_D:
|
| 2124 |
return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) != 0;
|
| 2125 |
|
| 2126 |
case ESC_s:
|
| 2127 |
return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) == 0;
|
| 2128 |
|
| 2129 |
case ESC_S:
|
| 2130 |
return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) != 0;
|
| 2131 |
|
| 2132 |
case ESC_w:
|
| 2133 |
return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) == 0;
|
| 2134 |
|
| 2135 |
case ESC_W:
|
| 2136 |
return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) != 0;
|
| 2137 |
|
| 2138 |
case ESC_h:
|
| 2139 |
case ESC_H:
|
| 2140 |
switch(item)
|
| 2141 |
{
|
| 2142 |
case 0x09:
|
| 2143 |
case 0x20:
|
| 2144 |
case 0xa0:
|
| 2145 |
case 0x1680:
|
| 2146 |
case 0x180e:
|
| 2147 |
case 0x2000:
|
| 2148 |
case 0x2001:
|
| 2149 |
case 0x2002:
|
| 2150 |
case 0x2003:
|
| 2151 |
case 0x2004:
|
| 2152 |
case 0x2005:
|
| 2153 |
case 0x2006:
|
| 2154 |
case 0x2007:
|
| 2155 |
case 0x2008:
|
| 2156 |
case 0x2009:
|
| 2157 |
case 0x200A:
|
| 2158 |
case 0x202f:
|
| 2159 |
case 0x205f:
|
| 2160 |
case 0x3000:
|
| 2161 |
return -next != ESC_h;
|
| 2162 |
default:
|
| 2163 |
return -next == ESC_h;
|
| 2164 |
}
|
| 2165 |
|
| 2166 |
case ESC_v:
|
| 2167 |
case ESC_V:
|
| 2168 |
switch(item)
|
| 2169 |
{
|
| 2170 |
case 0x0a:
|
| 2171 |
case 0x0b:
|
| 2172 |
case 0x0c:
|
| 2173 |
case 0x0d:
|
| 2174 |
case 0x85:
|
| 2175 |
case 0x2028:
|
| 2176 |
case 0x2029:
|
| 2177 |
return -next != ESC_v;
|
| 2178 |
default:
|
| 2179 |
return -next == ESC_v;
|
| 2180 |
}
|
| 2181 |
|
| 2182 |
default:
|
| 2183 |
return FALSE;
|
| 2184 |
}
|
| 2185 |
|
| 2186 |
case OP_DIGIT:
|
| 2187 |
return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W ||
|
| 2188 |
next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
|
| 2189 |
|
| 2190 |
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
| 2191 |
return next == -ESC_d;
|
| 2192 |
|
| 2193 |
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
| 2194 |
return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
|
| 2195 |
|
| 2196 |
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
| 2197 |
return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
|
| 2198 |
|
| 2199 |
case OP_HSPACE:
|
| 2200 |
return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
|
| 2201 |
|
| 2202 |
case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
|
| 2203 |
return next == -ESC_h;
|
| 2204 |
|
| 2205 |
/* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
|
| 2206 |
case OP_VSPACE:
|
| 2207 |
return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
|
| 2208 |
|
| 2209 |
case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
|
| 2210 |
return next == -ESC_v;
|
| 2211 |
|
| 2212 |
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
| 2213 |
return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
|
| 2214 |
|
| 2215 |
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
| 2216 |
return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d;
|
| 2217 |
|
| 2218 |
default:
|
| 2219 |
return FALSE;
|
| 2220 |
}
|
| 2221 |
|
| 2222 |
/* Control does not reach here */
|
| 2223 |
}
|
| 2224 |
|
| 2225 |
|
| 2226 |
|
| 2227 |
/*************************************************
|
| 2228 |
* Compile one branch *
|
| 2229 |
*************************************************/
|
| 2230 |
|
| 2231 |
/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
|
| 2232 |
changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
|
| 2233 |
bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
|
| 2234 |
to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
|
| 2235 |
phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
|
| 2236 |
|
| 2237 |
Arguments:
|
| 2238 |
optionsptr pointer to the option bits
|
| 2239 |
codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point
|
| 2240 |
ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer
|
| 2241 |
errorcodeptr points to error code variable
|
| 2242 |
firstbyteptr set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
|
| 2243 |
reqbyteptr set to the last literal character required, else < 0
|
| 2244 |
bcptr points to current branch chain
|
| 2245 |
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
| 2246 |
lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
|
| 2247 |
points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
|
| 2248 |
|
| 2249 |
Returns: TRUE on success
|
| 2250 |
FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
|
| 2251 |
*/
|
| 2252 |
|
| 2253 |
static BOOL
|
| 2254 |
compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
|
| 2255 |
int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
|
| 2256 |
compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
|
| 2257 |
{
|
| 2258 |
int repeat_type, op_type;
|
| 2259 |
int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */
|
| 2260 |
int bravalue = 0;
|
| 2261 |
int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
|
| 2262 |
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
|
| 2263 |
int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
|
| 2264 |
int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
|
| 2265 |
int options = *optionsptr;
|
| 2266 |
int after_manual_callout = 0;
|
| 2267 |
int length_prevgroup = 0;
|
| 2268 |
register int c;
|
| 2269 |
register uschar *code = *codeptr;
|
| 2270 |
uschar *last_code = code;
|
| 2271 |
uschar *orig_code = code;
|
| 2272 |
uschar *tempcode;
|
| 2273 |
BOOL inescq = FALSE;
|
| 2274 |
BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
|
| 2275 |
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
| 2276 |
const uschar *tempptr;
|
| 2277 |
uschar *previous = NULL;
|
| 2278 |
uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
|
| 2279 |
uschar *save_hwm = NULL;
|
| 2280 |
uschar classbits[32];
|
| 2281 |
|
| 2282 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2283 |
BOOL class_utf8;
|
| 2284 |
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
|
| 2285 |
uschar *class_utf8data;
|
| 2286 |
uschar utf8_char[6];
|
| 2287 |
#else
|
| 2288 |
BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
|
| 2289 |
uschar *utf8_char = NULL;
|
| 2290 |
#endif
|
| 2291 |
|
| 2292 |
#ifdef DEBUG
|
| 2293 |
if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
|
| 2294 |
#endif
|
| 2295 |
|
| 2296 |
/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
|
| 2297 |
|
| 2298 |
greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
|
| 2299 |
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
|
| 2300 |
|
| 2301 |
/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
|
| 2302 |
matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
|
| 2303 |
matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
|
| 2304 |
find one.
|
| 2305 |
|
| 2306 |
When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
|
| 2307 |
to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
|
| 2308 |
zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
|
| 2309 |
item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
|
| 2310 |
|
| 2311 |
firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
|
| 2312 |
|
| 2313 |
/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
|
| 2314 |
according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
|
| 2315 |
value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
|
| 2316 |
case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
|
| 2317 |
|
| 2318 |
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
|
| 2319 |
|
| 2320 |
/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
|
| 2321 |
|
| 2322 |
for (;; ptr++)
|
| 2323 |
{
|
| 2324 |
BOOL negate_class;
|
| 2325 |
BOOL possessive_quantifier;
|
| 2326 |
BOOL is_quantifier;
|
| 2327 |
BOOL is_recurse;
|
| 2328 |
BOOL reset_bracount;
|
| 2329 |
int class_charcount;
|
| 2330 |
int class_lastchar;
|
| 2331 |
int newoptions;
|
| 2332 |
int recno;
|
| 2333 |
int refsign;
|
| 2334 |
int skipbytes;
|
| 2335 |
int subreqbyte;
|
| 2336 |
int subfirstbyte;
|
| 2337 |
int terminator;
|
| 2338 |
int mclength;
|
| 2339 |
uschar mcbuffer[8];
|
| 2340 |
|
| 2341 |
/* Get next byte in the pattern */
|
| 2342 |
|
| 2343 |
c = *ptr;
|
| 2344 |
|
| 2345 |
/* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
|
| 2346 |
previous cycle of this loop. */
|
| 2347 |
|
| 2348 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 2349 |
{
|
| 2350 |
#ifdef DEBUG
|
| 2351 |
if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */
|
| 2352 |
#endif
|
| 2353 |
if (code > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) /* Check for overrun */
|
| 2354 |
{
|
| 2355 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR52;
|
| 2356 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2357 |
}
|
| 2358 |
|
| 2359 |
/* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
|
| 2360 |
case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
|
| 2361 |
the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
|
| 2362 |
allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
|
| 2363 |
*/
|
| 2364 |
|
| 2365 |
if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
|
| 2366 |
|
| 2367 |
/* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
|
| 2368 |
|
| 2369 |
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
|
| 2370 |
{
|
| 2371 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
| 2372 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2373 |
}
|
| 2374 |
|
| 2375 |
*lengthptr += code - last_code;
|
| 2376 |
DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, code - last_code, c));
|
| 2377 |
|
| 2378 |
/* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
|
| 2379 |
it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
|
| 2380 |
if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
|
| 2381 |
|
| 2382 |
if (previous != NULL)
|
| 2383 |
{
|
| 2384 |
if (previous > orig_code)
|
| 2385 |
{
|
| 2386 |
memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous);
|
| 2387 |
code -= previous - orig_code;
|
| 2388 |
previous = orig_code;
|
| 2389 |
}
|
| 2390 |
}
|
| 2391 |
else code = orig_code;
|
| 2392 |
|
| 2393 |
/* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
|
| 2394 |
next time round. */
|
| 2395 |
|
| 2396 |
last_code = code;
|
| 2397 |
}
|
| 2398 |
|
| 2399 |
/* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
|
| 2400 |
reference list. */
|
| 2401 |
|
| 2402 |
else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
|
| 2403 |
{
|
| 2404 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR52;
|
| 2405 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2406 |
}
|
| 2407 |
|
| 2408 |
/* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
|
| 2409 |
|
| 2410 |
if (inescq && c != 0)
|
| 2411 |
{
|
| 2412 |
if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
|
| 2413 |
{
|
| 2414 |
inescq = FALSE;
|
| 2415 |
ptr++;
|
| 2416 |
continue;
|
| 2417 |
}
|
| 2418 |
else
|
| 2419 |
{
|
| 2420 |
if (previous_callout != NULL)
|
| 2421 |
{
|
| 2422 |
if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
|
| 2423 |
complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
|
| 2424 |
previous_callout = NULL;
|
| 2425 |
}
|
| 2426 |
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
|
| 2427 |
{
|
| 2428 |
previous_callout = code;
|
| 2429 |
code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
|
| 2430 |
}
|
| 2431 |
goto NORMAL_CHAR;
|
| 2432 |
}
|
| 2433 |
}
|
| 2434 |
|
| 2435 |
/* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
|
| 2436 |
a quantifier. */
|
| 2437 |
|
| 2438 |
is_quantifier = c == '*' || c == '+' || c == '?' ||
|
| 2439 |
(c == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
|
| 2440 |
|
| 2441 |
if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
|
| 2442 |
after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
|
| 2443 |
{
|
| 2444 |
if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
|
| 2445 |
complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
|
| 2446 |
previous_callout = NULL;
|
| 2447 |
}
|
| 2448 |
|
| 2449 |
/* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
|
| 2450 |
|
| 2451 |
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
|
| 2452 |
{
|
| 2453 |
if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
|
| 2454 |
if (c == '#')
|
| 2455 |
{
|
| 2456 |
while (*(++ptr) != 0)
|
| 2457 |
{
|
| 2458 |
if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
|
| 2459 |
}
|
| 2460 |
if (*ptr != 0) continue;
|
| 2461 |
|
| 2462 |
/* Else fall through to handle end of string */
|
| 2463 |
c = 0;
|
| 2464 |
}
|
| 2465 |
}
|
| 2466 |
|
| 2467 |
/* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
|
| 2468 |
|
| 2469 |
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
|
| 2470 |
{
|
| 2471 |
previous_callout = code;
|
| 2472 |
code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
|
| 2473 |
}
|
| 2474 |
|
| 2475 |
switch(c)
|
| 2476 |
{
|
| 2477 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 2478 |
case 0: /* The branch terminates at string end */
|
| 2479 |
case '|': /* or | or ) */
|
| 2480 |
case ')':
|
| 2481 |
*firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
|
| 2482 |
*reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
|
| 2483 |
*codeptr = code;
|
| 2484 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 2485 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 2486 |
{
|
| 2487 |
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
|
| 2488 |
{
|
| 2489 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
| 2490 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2491 |
}
|
| 2492 |
*lengthptr += code - last_code; /* To include callout length */
|
| 2493 |
DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
|
| 2494 |
}
|
| 2495 |
return TRUE;
|
| 2496 |
|
| 2497 |
|
| 2498 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 2499 |
/* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
|
| 2500 |
the setting of any following char as a first character. */
|
| 2501 |
|
| 2502 |
case '^':
|
| 2503 |
if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
|
| 2504 |
{
|
| 2505 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 2506 |
}
|
| 2507 |
previous = NULL;
|
| 2508 |
*code++ = OP_CIRC;
|
| 2509 |
break;
|
| 2510 |
|
| 2511 |
case '$':
|
| 2512 |
previous = NULL;
|
| 2513 |
*code++ = OP_DOLL;
|
| 2514 |
break;
|
| 2515 |
|
| 2516 |
/* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
|
| 2517 |
repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
|
| 2518 |
|
| 2519 |
case '.':
|
| 2520 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 2521 |
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 2522 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 2523 |
previous = code;
|
| 2524 |
*code++ = OP_ANY;
|
| 2525 |
break;
|
| 2526 |
|
| 2527 |
|
| 2528 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 2529 |
/* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
|
| 2530 |
32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
|
| 2531 |
where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
|
| 2532 |
map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
|
| 2533 |
so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
|
| 2534 |
|
| 2535 |
If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
|
| 2536 |
opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
|
| 2537 |
but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
|
| 2538 |
whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
|
| 2539 |
*/
|
| 2540 |
|
| 2541 |
case '[':
|
| 2542 |
previous = code;
|
| 2543 |
|
| 2544 |
/* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
|
| 2545 |
they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
|
| 2546 |
|
| 2547 |
if ((ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
|
| 2548 |
check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr, cd))
|
| 2549 |
{
|
| 2550 |
*errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == ':')? ERR13 : ERR31;
|
| 2551 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2552 |
}
|
| 2553 |
|
| 2554 |
/* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
|
| 2555 |
if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
|
| 2556 |
skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
|
| 2557 |
|
| 2558 |
negate_class = FALSE;
|
| 2559 |
for (;;)
|
| 2560 |
{
|
| 2561 |
c = *(++ptr);
|
| 2562 |
if (c == '\\')
|
| 2563 |
{
|
| 2564 |
if (ptr[1] == 'E') ptr++;
|
| 2565 |
else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1, "Q\\E", 3) == 0) ptr += 3;
|
| 2566 |
else break;
|
| 2567 |
}
|
| 2568 |
else if (!negate_class && c == '^')
|
| 2569 |
negate_class = TRUE;
|
| 2570 |
else break;
|
| 2571 |
}
|
| 2572 |
|
| 2573 |
/* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
|
| 2574 |
of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher
|
| 2575 |
valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
|
| 2576 |
|
| 2577 |
class_charcount = 0;
|
| 2578 |
class_lastchar = -1;
|
| 2579 |
|
| 2580 |
/* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
|
| 2581 |
temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less
|
| 2582 |
than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map.
|
| 2583 |
*/
|
| 2584 |
|
| 2585 |
memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
|
| 2586 |
|
| 2587 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2588 |
class_utf8 = FALSE; /* No chars >= 256 */
|
| 2589 |
class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For UTF-8 items */
|
| 2590 |
#endif
|
| 2591 |
|
| 2592 |
/* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
|
| 2593 |
means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
|
| 2594 |
loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
|
| 2595 |
|
| 2596 |
if (c != 0) do
|
| 2597 |
{
|
| 2598 |
const uschar *oldptr;
|
| 2599 |
|
| 2600 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2601 |
if (utf8 && c > 127)
|
| 2602 |
{ /* Braces are required because the */
|
| 2603 |
GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
|
| 2604 |
}
|
| 2605 |
#endif
|
| 2606 |
|
| 2607 |
/* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
|
| 2608 |
|
| 2609 |
if (inescq)
|
| 2610 |
{
|
| 2611 |
if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E') /* If we are at \E */
|
| 2612 |
{
|
| 2613 |
inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */
|
| 2614 |
ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */
|
| 2615 |
continue; /* Carry on with next */
|
| 2616 |
}
|
| 2617 |
goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */
|
| 2618 |
}
|
| 2619 |
|
| 2620 |
/* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
|
| 2621 |
form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
|
| 2622 |
treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
|
| 2623 |
[.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
|
| 2624 |
5.6 and 5.8 do. */
|
| 2625 |
|
| 2626 |
if (c == '[' &&
|
| 2627 |
(ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
|
| 2628 |
check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr, cd))
|
| 2629 |
{
|
| 2630 |
BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
|
| 2631 |
int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
|
| 2632 |
register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
|
| 2633 |
uschar pbits[32];
|
| 2634 |
|
| 2635 |
if (ptr[1] != ':')
|
| 2636 |
{
|
| 2637 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR31;
|
| 2638 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2639 |
}
|
| 2640 |
|
| 2641 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 2642 |
if (*ptr == '^')
|
| 2643 |
{
|
| 2644 |
local_negate = TRUE;
|
| 2645 |
ptr++;
|
| 2646 |
}
|
| 2647 |
|
| 2648 |
posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
|
| 2649 |
if (posix_class < 0)
|
| 2650 |
{
|
| 2651 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR30;
|
| 2652 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2653 |
}
|
| 2654 |
|
| 2655 |
/* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
|
| 2656 |
alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
|
| 2657 |
alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
|
| 2658 |
|
| 2659 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
|
| 2660 |
posix_class = 0;
|
| 2661 |
|
| 2662 |
/* We build the bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store
|
| 2663 |
because we may be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to
|
| 2664 |
subtract bits that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the
|
| 2665 |
result into the bit map that is being built. */
|
| 2666 |
|
| 2667 |
posix_class *= 3;
|
| 2668 |
|
| 2669 |
/* Copy in the first table (always present) */
|
| 2670 |
|
| 2671 |
memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
|
| 2672 |
32 * sizeof(uschar));
|
| 2673 |
|
| 2674 |
/* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
|
| 2675 |
|
| 2676 |
taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
|
| 2677 |
tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
|
| 2678 |
|
| 2679 |
if (taboffset >= 0)
|
| 2680 |
{
|
| 2681 |
if (tabopt >= 0)
|
| 2682 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
|
| 2683 |
else
|
| 2684 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
|
| 2685 |
}
|
| 2686 |
|
| 2687 |
/* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
|
| 2688 |
value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
|
| 2689 |
|
| 2690 |
if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
|
| 2691 |
if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
|
| 2692 |
else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
|
| 2693 |
|
| 2694 |
/* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
|
| 2695 |
being built and we are done. */
|
| 2696 |
|
| 2697 |
if (local_negate)
|
| 2698 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
|
| 2699 |
else
|
| 2700 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
|
| 2701 |
|
| 2702 |
ptr = tempptr + 1;
|
| 2703 |
class_charcount = 10; /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
|
| 2704 |
continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
|
| 2705 |
}
|
| 2706 |
|
| 2707 |
/* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
|
| 2708 |
of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
|
| 2709 |
case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace.
|
| 2710 |
Elsewhere it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready
|
| 2711 |
to 'or' into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
|
| 2712 |
character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
|
| 2713 |
|
| 2714 |
if (c == '\\')
|
| 2715 |
{
|
| 2716 |
c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
|
| 2717 |
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
| 2718 |
|
| 2719 |
if (-c == ESC_b) c = '\b'; /* \b is backslash in a class */
|
| 2720 |
else if (-c == ESC_X) c = 'X'; /* \X is literal X in a class */
|
| 2721 |
else if (-c == ESC_R) c = 'R'; /* \R is literal R in a class */
|
| 2722 |
else if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
|
| 2723 |
{
|
| 2724 |
if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E')
|
| 2725 |
{
|
| 2726 |
ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
|
| 2727 |
}
|
| 2728 |
else inescq = TRUE;
|
| 2729 |
continue;
|
| 2730 |
}
|
| 2731 |
else if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */
|
| 2732 |
|
| 2733 |
if (c < 0)
|
| 2734 |
{
|
| 2735 |
register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
|
| 2736 |
class_charcount += 2; /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
|
| 2737 |
|
| 2738 |
/* Save time by not doing this in the pre-compile phase. */
|
| 2739 |
|
| 2740 |
if (lengthptr == NULL) switch (-c)
|
| 2741 |
{
|
| 2742 |
case ESC_d:
|
| 2743 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
|
| 2744 |
continue;
|
| 2745 |
|
| 2746 |
case ESC_D:
|
| 2747 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
|
| 2748 |
continue;
|
| 2749 |
|
| 2750 |
case ESC_w:
|
| 2751 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
|
| 2752 |
continue;
|
| 2753 |
|
| 2754 |
case ESC_W:
|
| 2755 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
|
| 2756 |
continue;
|
| 2757 |
|
| 2758 |
case ESC_s:
|
| 2759 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
|
| 2760 |
classbits[1] &= ~0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
|
| 2761 |
continue;
|
| 2762 |
|
| 2763 |
case ESC_S:
|
| 2764 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
|
| 2765 |
classbits[1] |= 0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
|
| 2766 |
continue;
|
| 2767 |
|
| 2768 |
case ESC_E: /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
|
| 2769 |
continue;
|
| 2770 |
|
| 2771 |
default: /* Not recognized; fall through */
|
| 2772 |
break; /* Need "default" setting to stop compiler warning. */
|
| 2773 |
}
|
| 2774 |
|
| 2775 |
/* In the pre-compile phase, just do the recognition. */
|
| 2776 |
|
| 2777 |
else if (c == -ESC_d || c == -ESC_D || c == -ESC_w ||
|
| 2778 |
c == -ESC_W || c == -ESC_s || c == -ESC_S) continue;
|
| 2779 |
|
| 2780 |
/* We need to deal with \H, \h, \V, and \v in both phases because
|
| 2781 |
they use extra memory. */
|
| 2782 |
|
| 2783 |
if (-c == ESC_h)
|
| 2784 |
{
|
| 2785 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */
|
| 2786 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */
|
| 2787 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */
|
| 2788 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2789 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2790 |
{
|
| 2791 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 2792 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 2793 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data);
|
| 2794 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 2795 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data);
|
| 2796 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2797 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data);
|
| 2798 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data);
|
| 2799 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 2800 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data);
|
| 2801 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 2802 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data);
|
| 2803 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 2804 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data);
|
| 2805 |
}
|
| 2806 |
#endif
|
| 2807 |
continue;
|
| 2808 |
}
|
| 2809 |
|
| 2810 |
if (-c == ESC_H)
|
| 2811 |
{
|
| 2812 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
|
| 2813 |
{
|
| 2814 |
int x = 0xff;
|
| 2815 |
switch (c)
|
| 2816 |
{
|
| 2817 |
case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break;
|
| 2818 |
case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break;
|
| 2819 |
case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break;
|
| 2820 |
default: break;
|
| 2821 |
}
|
| 2822 |
classbits[c] |= x;
|
| 2823 |
}
|
| 2824 |
|
| 2825 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2826 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2827 |
{
|
| 2828 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 2829 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2830 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
|
| 2831 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data);
|
| 2832 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2833 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data);
|
| 2834 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data);
|
| 2835 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2836 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data);
|
| 2837 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data);
|
| 2838 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2839 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data);
|
| 2840 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data);
|
| 2841 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2842 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data);
|
| 2843 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data);
|
| 2844 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2845 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data);
|
| 2846 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data);
|
| 2847 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2848 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data);
|
| 2849 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
|
| 2850 |
}
|
| 2851 |
#endif
|
| 2852 |
continue;
|
| 2853 |
}
|
| 2854 |
|
| 2855 |
if (-c == ESC_v)
|
| 2856 |
{
|
| 2857 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */
|
| 2858 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */
|
| 2859 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */
|
| 2860 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */
|
| 2861 |
SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */
|
| 2862 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2863 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2864 |
{
|
| 2865 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 2866 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2867 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data);
|
| 2868 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
|
| 2869 |
}
|
| 2870 |
#endif
|
| 2871 |
continue;
|
| 2872 |
}
|
| 2873 |
|
| 2874 |
if (-c == ESC_V)
|
| 2875 |
{
|
| 2876 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
|
| 2877 |
{
|
| 2878 |
int x = 0xff;
|
| 2879 |
switch (c)
|
| 2880 |
{
|
| 2881 |
case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8);
|
| 2882 |
x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8);
|
| 2883 |
x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8);
|
| 2884 |
x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8);
|
| 2885 |
break;
|
| 2886 |
case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break;
|
| 2887 |
default: break;
|
| 2888 |
}
|
| 2889 |
classbits[c] |= x;
|
| 2890 |
}
|
| 2891 |
|
| 2892 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2893 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2894 |
{
|
| 2895 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 2896 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2897 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
|
| 2898 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data);
|
| 2899 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 2900 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
|
| 2901 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
|
| 2902 |
}
|
| 2903 |
#endif
|
| 2904 |
continue;
|
| 2905 |
}
|
| 2906 |
|
| 2907 |
/* We need to deal with \P and \p in both phases. */
|
| 2908 |
|
| 2909 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 2910 |
if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
|
| 2911 |
{
|
| 2912 |
BOOL negated;
|
| 2913 |
int pdata;
|
| 2914 |
int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
|
| 2915 |
if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
|
| 2916 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 2917 |
*class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
|
| 2918 |
XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
|
| 2919 |
*class_utf8data++ = ptype;
|
| 2920 |
*class_utf8data++ = pdata;
|
| 2921 |
class_charcount -= 2; /* Not a < 256 character */
|
| 2922 |
continue;
|
| 2923 |
}
|
| 2924 |
#endif
|
| 2925 |
/* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
|
| 2926 |
strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
|
| 2927 |
treated as literals. */
|
| 2928 |
|
| 2929 |
if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
|
| 2930 |
{
|
| 2931 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR7;
|
| 2932 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 2933 |
}
|
| 2934 |
|
| 2935 |
class_charcount -= 2; /* Undo the default count from above */
|
| 2936 |
c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */
|
| 2937 |
}
|
| 2938 |
|
| 2939 |
/* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
|
| 2940 |
greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
|
| 2941 |
|
| 2942 |
} /* End of backslash handling */
|
| 2943 |
|
| 2944 |
/* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
|
| 2945 |
Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
|
| 2946 |
at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences
|
| 2947 |
entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
|
| 2948 |
|
| 2949 |
CHECK_RANGE:
|
| 2950 |
while (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E')
|
| 2951 |
{
|
| 2952 |
inescq = FALSE;
|
| 2953 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 2954 |
}
|
| 2955 |
|
| 2956 |
oldptr = ptr;
|
| 2957 |
|
| 2958 |
if (!inescq && ptr[1] == '-')
|
| 2959 |
{
|
| 2960 |
int d;
|
| 2961 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 2962 |
while (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E') ptr += 2;
|
| 2963 |
|
| 2964 |
/* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
|
| 2965 |
mode. */
|
| 2966 |
|
| 2967 |
while (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'Q')
|
| 2968 |
{
|
| 2969 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 2970 |
if (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E') { ptr += 2; continue; }
|
| 2971 |
inescq = TRUE;
|
| 2972 |
break;
|
| 2973 |
}
|
| 2974 |
|
| 2975 |
if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == ']'))
|
| 2976 |
{
|
| 2977 |
ptr = oldptr;
|
| 2978 |
goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
|
| 2979 |
}
|
| 2980 |
|
| 2981 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 2982 |
if (utf8)
|
| 2983 |
{ /* Braces are required because the */
|
| 2984 |
GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
|
| 2985 |
}
|
| 2986 |
else
|
| 2987 |
#endif
|
| 2988 |
d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */
|
| 2989 |
|
| 2990 |
/* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
|
| 2991 |
not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
|
| 2992 |
in such circumstances. */
|
| 2993 |
|
| 2994 |
if (!inescq && d == '\\')
|
| 2995 |
{
|
| 2996 |
d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
|
| 2997 |
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
| 2998 |
|
| 2999 |
/* \b is backslash; \X is literal X; \R is literal R; any other
|
| 3000 |
special means the '-' was literal */
|
| 3001 |
|
| 3002 |
if (d < 0)
|
| 3003 |
{
|
| 3004 |
if (d == -ESC_b) d = '\b';
|
| 3005 |
else if (d == -ESC_X) d = 'X';
|
| 3006 |
else if (d == -ESC_R) d = 'R'; else
|
| 3007 |
{
|
| 3008 |
ptr = oldptr;
|
| 3009 |
goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
|
| 3010 |
}
|
| 3011 |
}
|
| 3012 |
}
|
| 3013 |
|
| 3014 |
/* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
|
| 3015 |
one-character ranges */
|
| 3016 |
|
| 3017 |
if (d < c)
|
| 3018 |
{
|
| 3019 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR8;
|
| 3020 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3021 |
}
|
| 3022 |
|
| 3023 |
if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
|
| 3024 |
|
| 3025 |
/* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
|
| 3026 |
matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
|
| 3027 |
matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
|
| 3028 |
available. */
|
| 3029 |
|
| 3030 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3031 |
if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
|
| 3032 |
{
|
| 3033 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 3034 |
|
| 3035 |
/* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
|
| 3036 |
the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
|
| 3037 |
they fit with the basic range. */
|
| 3038 |
|
| 3039 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 3040 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
| 3041 |
{
|
| 3042 |
unsigned int occ, ocd;
|
| 3043 |
unsigned int cc = c;
|
| 3044 |
unsigned int origd = d;
|
| 3045 |
while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
|
| 3046 |
{
|
| 3047 |
if (occ >= (unsigned int)c &&
|
| 3048 |
ocd <= (unsigned int)d)
|
| 3049 |
continue; /* Skip embedded ranges */
|
| 3050 |
|
| 3051 |
if (occ < (unsigned int)c &&
|
| 3052 |
ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1) /* Extend the basic range */
|
| 3053 |
{ /* if there is overlap, */
|
| 3054 |
c = occ; /* noting that if occ < c */
|
| 3055 |
continue; /* we can't have ocd > d */
|
| 3056 |
} /* because a subrange is */
|
| 3057 |
if (ocd > (unsigned int)d &&
|
| 3058 |
occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1) /* always shorter than */
|
| 3059 |
{ /* the basic range. */
|
| 3060 |
d = ocd;
|
| 3061 |
continue;
|
| 3062 |
}
|
| 3063 |
|
| 3064 |
if (occ == ocd)
|
| 3065 |
{
|
| 3066 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 3067 |
}
|
| 3068 |
else
|
| 3069 |
{
|
| 3070 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 3071 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
|
| 3072 |
}
|
| 3073 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
|
| 3074 |
}
|
| 3075 |
}
|
| 3076 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
| 3077 |
|
| 3078 |
/* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
|
| 3079 |
overlapping ranges. */
|
| 3080 |
|
| 3081 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
| 3082 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
|
| 3083 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
|
| 3084 |
|
| 3085 |
/* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
|
| 3086 |
caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
|
| 3087 |
for the smaller ones. */
|
| 3088 |
|
| 3089 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 3090 |
continue; /* With next character in the class */
|
| 3091 |
#else
|
| 3092 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
|
| 3093 |
|
| 3094 |
/* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
|
| 3095 |
|
| 3096 |
d = 127;
|
| 3097 |
|
| 3098 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
| 3099 |
}
|
| 3100 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
| 3101 |
|
| 3102 |
/* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
|
| 3103 |
ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
|
| 3104 |
for partial ranges without UCP support. */
|
| 3105 |
|
| 3106 |
class_charcount += d - c + 1;
|
| 3107 |
class_lastchar = d;
|
| 3108 |
|
| 3109 |
/* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */
|
| 3110 |
|
| 3111 |
if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++)
|
| 3112 |
{
|
| 3113 |
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
|
| 3114 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
| 3115 |
{
|
| 3116 |
int uc = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */
|
| 3117 |
classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
|
| 3118 |
}
|
| 3119 |
}
|
| 3120 |
|
| 3121 |
continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */
|
| 3122 |
}
|
| 3123 |
|
| 3124 |
/* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
|
| 3125 |
non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
|
| 3126 |
apparent range that isn't. */
|
| 3127 |
|
| 3128 |
LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
|
| 3129 |
|
| 3130 |
/* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
|
| 3131 |
|
| 3132 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3133 |
if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
|
| 3134 |
{
|
| 3135 |
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
| 3136 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 3137 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
|
| 3138 |
|
| 3139 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 3140 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
| 3141 |
{
|
| 3142 |
unsigned int othercase;
|
| 3143 |
if ((othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase(c)) != NOTACHAR)
|
| 3144 |
{
|
| 3145 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
| 3146 |
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
|
| 3147 |
}
|
| 3148 |
}
|
| 3149 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
| 3150 |
|
| 3151 |
}
|
| 3152 |
else
|
| 3153 |
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
| 3154 |
|
| 3155 |
/* Handle a single-byte character */
|
| 3156 |
{
|
| 3157 |
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
|
| 3158 |
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
| 3159 |
{
|
| 3160 |
c = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */
|
| 3161 |
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
|
| 3162 |
}
|
| 3163 |
class_charcount++;
|
| 3164 |
class_lastchar = c;
|
| 3165 |
}
|
| 3166 |
}
|
| 3167 |
|
| 3168 |
/* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
|
| 3169 |
|
| 3170 |
while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && (c != ']' || inescq));
|
| 3171 |
|
| 3172 |
if (c == 0) /* Missing terminating ']' */
|
| 3173 |
{
|
| 3174 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR6;
|
| 3175 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3176 |
}
|
| 3177 |
|
| 3178 |
/* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
|
| 3179 |
less than 256. In non-UTF-8 mode we can always optimize. In UTF-8 mode, we
|
| 3180 |
can optimize the negative case only if there were no characters >= 128
|
| 3181 |
because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR operate on
|
| 3182 |
single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day we can
|
| 3183 |
tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
|
| 3184 |
|
| 3185 |
The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
|
| 3186 |
1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
|
| 3187 |
that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
|
| 3188 |
can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
|
| 3189 |
this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
|
| 3190 |
reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
|
| 3191 |
|
| 3192 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3193 |
if (class_charcount == 1 &&
|
| 3194 |
(!utf8 ||
|
| 3195 |
(!class_utf8 && (!negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))))
|
| 3196 |
|
| 3197 |
#else
|
| 3198 |
if (class_charcount == 1)
|
| 3199 |
#endif
|
| 3200 |
{
|
| 3201 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 3202 |
|
| 3203 |
/* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
|
| 3204 |
|
| 3205 |
if (negate_class)
|
| 3206 |
{
|
| 3207 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 3208 |
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 3209 |
*code++ = OP_NOT;
|
| 3210 |
*code++ = class_lastchar;
|
| 3211 |
break;
|
| 3212 |
}
|
| 3213 |
|
| 3214 |
/* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
|
| 3215 |
then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
|
| 3216 |
|
| 3217 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3218 |
if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
|
| 3219 |
mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
|
| 3220 |
else
|
| 3221 |
#endif
|
| 3222 |
{
|
| 3223 |
mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
|
| 3224 |
mclength = 1;
|
| 3225 |
}
|
| 3226 |
goto ONE_CHAR;
|
| 3227 |
} /* End of 1-char optimization */
|
| 3228 |
|
| 3229 |
/* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
|
| 3230 |
thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
|
| 3231 |
repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
|
| 3232 |
repeat. */
|
| 3233 |
|
| 3234 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 3235 |
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 3236 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 3237 |
|
| 3238 |
/* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
|
| 3239 |
extended class, with its own opcode. If there are no characters < 256,
|
| 3240 |
we can omit the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */
|
| 3241 |
|
| 3242 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3243 |
if (class_utf8)
|
| 3244 |
{
|
| 3245 |
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */
|
| 3246 |
*code++ = OP_XCLASS;
|
| 3247 |
code += LINK_SIZE;
|
| 3248 |
*code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
|
| 3249 |
|
| 3250 |
/* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
|
| 3251 |
otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
|
| 3252 |
|
| 3253 |
if (class_charcount > 0)
|
| 3254 |
{
|
| 3255 |
*code++ |= XCL_MAP;
|
| 3256 |
memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code);
|
| 3257 |
memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
|
| 3258 |
code = class_utf8data + 32;
|
| 3259 |
}
|
| 3260 |
else code = class_utf8data;
|
| 3261 |
|
| 3262 |
/* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
|
| 3263 |
|
| 3264 |
PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
|
| 3265 |
break; /* End of class handling */
|
| 3266 |
}
|
| 3267 |
#endif
|
| 3268 |
|
| 3269 |
/* If there are no characters > 255, negate the 32-byte map if necessary,
|
| 3270 |
and copy it into the code vector. If this is the first thing in the branch,
|
| 3271 |
there can be no first char setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqbyte
|
| 3272 |
setting must remain unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
|
| 3273 |
|
| 3274 |
if (negate_class)
|
| 3275 |
{
|
| 3276 |
*code++ = OP_NCLASS;
|
| 3277 |
if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
|
| 3278 |
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
|
| 3279 |
}
|
| 3280 |
else
|
| 3281 |
{
|
| 3282 |
*code++ = OP_CLASS;
|
| 3283 |
memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
|
| 3284 |
}
|
| 3285 |
code += 32;
|
| 3286 |
break;
|
| 3287 |
|
| 3288 |
|
| 3289 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 3290 |
/* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
|
| 3291 |
has been tested above. */
|
| 3292 |
|
| 3293 |
case '{':
|
| 3294 |
if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
|
| 3295 |
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
|
| 3296 |
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
| 3297 |
goto REPEAT;
|
| 3298 |
|
| 3299 |
case '*':
|
| 3300 |
repeat_min = 0;
|
| 3301 |
repeat_max = -1;
|
| 3302 |
goto REPEAT;
|
| 3303 |
|
| 3304 |
case '+':
|
| 3305 |
repeat_min = 1;
|
| 3306 |
repeat_max = -1;
|
| 3307 |
goto REPEAT;
|
| 3308 |
|
| 3309 |
case '?':
|
| 3310 |
repeat_min = 0;
|
| 3311 |
repeat_max = 1;
|
| 3312 |
|
| 3313 |
REPEAT:
|
| 3314 |
if (previous == NULL)
|
| 3315 |
{
|
| 3316 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR9;
|
| 3317 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3318 |
}
|
| 3319 |
|
| 3320 |
if (repeat_min == 0)
|
| 3321 |
{
|
| 3322 |
firstbyte = zerofirstbyte; /* Adjust for zero repeat */
|
| 3323 |
reqbyte = zeroreqbyte; /* Ditto */
|
| 3324 |
}
|
| 3325 |
|
| 3326 |
/* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
|
| 3327 |
|
| 3328 |
reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
|
| 3329 |
|
| 3330 |
op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */
|
| 3331 |
possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */
|
| 3332 |
|
| 3333 |
/* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
|
| 3334 |
for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
|
| 3335 |
|
| 3336 |
tempcode = previous;
|
| 3337 |
|
| 3338 |
/* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
|
| 3339 |
implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
|
| 3340 |
If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
|
| 3341 |
but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
|
| 3342 |
repeat type to the non-default. */
|
| 3343 |
|
| 3344 |
if (ptr[1] == '+')
|
| 3345 |
{
|
| 3346 |
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
| 3347 |
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
| 3348 |
ptr++;
|
| 3349 |
}
|
| 3350 |
else if (ptr[1] == '?')
|
| 3351 |
{
|
| 3352 |
repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
|
| 3353 |
ptr++;
|
| 3354 |
}
|
| 3355 |
else repeat_type = greedy_default;
|
| 3356 |
|
| 3357 |
/* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
|
| 3358 |
repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
|
| 3359 |
that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
|
| 3360 |
the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
|
| 3361 |
instead. */
|
| 3362 |
|
| 3363 |
if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
|
| 3364 |
{
|
| 3365 |
/* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
|
| 3366 |
easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
|
| 3367 |
hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
|
| 3368 |
length rather than a small character. */
|
| 3369 |
|
| 3370 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3371 |
if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
|
| 3372 |
{
|
| 3373 |
uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
|
| 3374 |
while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
|
| 3375 |
c = code - lastchar; /* Length of UTF-8 character */
|
| 3376 |
memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
|
| 3377 |
c |= 0x80; /* Flag c as a length */
|
| 3378 |
}
|
| 3379 |
else
|
| 3380 |
#endif
|
| 3381 |
|
| 3382 |
/* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
|
| 3383 |
with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
|
| 3384 |
|
| 3385 |
{
|
| 3386 |
c = code[-1];
|
| 3387 |
if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
|
| 3388 |
}
|
| 3389 |
|
| 3390 |
/* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
|
| 3391 |
the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
|
| 3392 |
automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
|
| 3393 |
where the match fails. */
|
| 3394 |
|
| 3395 |
if (!possessive_quantifier &&
|
| 3396 |
repeat_max < 0 &&
|
| 3397 |
check_auto_possessive(*previous, c, utf8, utf8_char, ptr + 1,
|
| 3398 |
options, cd))
|
| 3399 |
{
|
| 3400 |
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
| 3401 |
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
| 3402 |
}
|
| 3403 |
|
| 3404 |
goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */
|
| 3405 |
}
|
| 3406 |
|
| 3407 |
/* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
|
| 3408 |
one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
|
| 3409 |
character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
|
| 3410 |
repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT is
|
| 3411 |
currently used only for single-byte chars. */
|
| 3412 |
|
| 3413 |
else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
|
| 3414 |
{
|
| 3415 |
op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use "not" opcodes */
|
| 3416 |
c = previous[1];
|
| 3417 |
if (!possessive_quantifier &&
|
| 3418 |
repeat_max < 0 &&
|
| 3419 |
check_auto_possessive(OP_NOT, c, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
|
| 3420 |
{
|
| 3421 |
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
| 3422 |
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
| 3423 |
}
|
| 3424 |
goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
|
| 3425 |
}
|
| 3426 |
|
| 3427 |
/* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
|
| 3428 |
create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
|
| 3429 |
repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
|
| 3430 |
the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
|
| 3431 |
defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
|
| 3432 |
makes it horribly messy. */
|
| 3433 |
|
| 3434 |
else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
|
| 3435 |
{
|
| 3436 |
uschar *oldcode;
|
| 3437 |
int prop_type, prop_value;
|
| 3438 |
op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */
|
| 3439 |
c = *previous;
|
| 3440 |
|
| 3441 |
if (!possessive_quantifier &&
|
| 3442 |
repeat_max < 0 &&
|
| 3443 |
check_auto_possessive(c, 0, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
|
| 3444 |
{
|
| 3445 |
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
| 3446 |
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
| 3447 |
}
|
| 3448 |
|
| 3449 |
OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
|
| 3450 |
if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
|
| 3451 |
{
|
| 3452 |
prop_type = previous[1];
|
| 3453 |
prop_value = previous[2];
|
| 3454 |
}
|
| 3455 |
else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
|
| 3456 |
|
| 3457 |
oldcode = code;
|
| 3458 |
code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */
|
| 3459 |
|
| 3460 |
/* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
|
| 3461 |
this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
|
| 3462 |
|
| 3463 |
if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
|
| 3464 |
|
| 3465 |
/* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
|
| 3466 |
one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
|
| 3467 |
|
| 3468 |
if (repeat_max != 1) cd->nopartial = TRUE;
|
| 3469 |
|
| 3470 |
/* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
|
| 3471 |
|
| 3472 |
repeat_type += op_type;
|
| 3473 |
|
| 3474 |
/* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
|
| 3475 |
an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
|
| 3476 |
|
| 3477 |
if (repeat_min == 0)
|
| 3478 |
{
|
| 3479 |
if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
|
| 3480 |
else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
|
| 3481 |
else
|
| 3482 |
{
|
| 3483 |
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
|
| 3484 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
|
| 3485 |
}
|
| 3486 |
}
|
| 3487 |
|
| 3488 |
/* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
|
| 3489 |
maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
|
| 3490 |
left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
|
| 3491 |
one less than the maximum. */
|
| 3492 |
|
| 3493 |
else if (repeat_min == 1)
|
| 3494 |
{
|
| 3495 |
if (repeat_max == -1)
|
| 3496 |
*code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
|
| 3497 |
else
|
| 3498 |
{
|
| 3499 |
code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */
|
| 3500 |
if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
|
| 3501 |
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
|
| 3502 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
|
| 3503 |
}
|
| 3504 |
}
|
| 3505 |
|
| 3506 |
/* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
|
| 3507 |
handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
|
| 3508 |
|
| 3509 |
else
|
| 3510 |
{
|
| 3511 |
*code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
|
| 3512 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
|
| 3513 |
|
| 3514 |
/* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
|
| 3515 |
we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
|
| 3516 |
Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
|
| 3517 |
required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
|
| 3518 |
c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
|
| 3519 |
|
| 3520 |
if (repeat_max < 0)
|
| 3521 |
{
|
| 3522 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3523 |
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
|
| 3524 |
{
|
| 3525 |
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
|
| 3526 |
code += c & 7;
|
| 3527 |
}
|
| 3528 |
else
|
| 3529 |
#endif
|
| 3530 |
{
|
| 3531 |
*code++ = c;
|
| 3532 |
if (prop_type >= 0)
|
| 3533 |
{
|
| 3534 |
*code++ = prop_type;
|
| 3535 |
*code++ = prop_value;
|
| 3536 |
}
|
| 3537 |
}
|
| 3538 |
*code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
|
| 3539 |
}
|
| 3540 |
|
| 3541 |
/* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
|
| 3542 |
preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
|
| 3543 |
UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
|
| 3544 |
|
| 3545 |
else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
|
| 3546 |
{
|
| 3547 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3548 |
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
|
| 3549 |
{
|
| 3550 |
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
|
| 3551 |
code += c & 7;
|
| 3552 |
}
|
| 3553 |
else
|
| 3554 |
#endif
|
| 3555 |
*code++ = c;
|
| 3556 |
if (prop_type >= 0)
|
| 3557 |
{
|
| 3558 |
*code++ = prop_type;
|
| 3559 |
*code++ = prop_value;
|
| 3560 |
}
|
| 3561 |
repeat_max -= repeat_min;
|
| 3562 |
|
| 3563 |
if (repeat_max == 1)
|
| 3564 |
{
|
| 3565 |
*code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
|
| 3566 |
}
|
| 3567 |
else
|
| 3568 |
{
|
| 3569 |
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
|
| 3570 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
|
| 3571 |
}
|
| 3572 |
}
|
| 3573 |
}
|
| 3574 |
|
| 3575 |
/* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
|
| 3576 |
|
| 3577 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3578 |
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
|
| 3579 |
{
|
| 3580 |
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
|
| 3581 |
code += c & 7;
|
| 3582 |
}
|
| 3583 |
else
|
| 3584 |
#endif
|
| 3585 |
*code++ = c;
|
| 3586 |
|
| 3587 |
/* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
|
| 3588 |
define the required property. */
|
| 3589 |
|
| 3590 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 3591 |
if (prop_type >= 0)
|
| 3592 |
{
|
| 3593 |
*code++ = prop_type;
|
| 3594 |
*code++ = prop_value;
|
| 3595 |
}
|
| 3596 |
#endif
|
| 3597 |
}
|
| 3598 |
|
| 3599 |
/* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
|
| 3600 |
stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
|
| 3601 |
|
| 3602 |
else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
|
| 3603 |
*previous == OP_NCLASS ||
|
| 3604 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 3605 |
*previous == OP_XCLASS ||
|
| 3606 |
#endif
|
| 3607 |
*previous == OP_REF)
|
| 3608 |
{
|
| 3609 |
if (repeat_max == 0)
|
| 3610 |
{
|
| 3611 |
code = previous;
|
| 3612 |
goto END_REPEAT;
|
| 3613 |
}
|
| 3614 |
|
| 3615 |
/* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
|
| 3616 |
one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
|
| 3617 |
|
| 3618 |
if (repeat_max != 1) cd->nopartial = TRUE;
|
| 3619 |
|
| 3620 |
if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
|
| 3621 |
*code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
|
| 3622 |
else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
|
| 3623 |
*code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
|
| 3624 |
else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
|
| 3625 |
*code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
|
| 3626 |
else
|
| 3627 |
{
|
| 3628 |
*code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
|
| 3629 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
|
| 3630 |
if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */
|
| 3631 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
|
| 3632 |
}
|
| 3633 |
}
|
| 3634 |
|
| 3635 |
/* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
|
| 3636 |
cases. */
|
| 3637 |
|
| 3638 |
else if (*previous == OP_BRA || *previous == OP_CBRA ||
|
| 3639 |
*previous == OP_ONCE || *previous == OP_COND)
|
| 3640 |
{
|
| 3641 |
register int i;
|
| 3642 |
int ketoffset = 0;
|
| 3643 |
int len = code - previous;
|
| 3644 |
uschar *bralink = NULL;
|
| 3645 |
|
| 3646 |
/* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless */
|
| 3647 |
|
| 3648 |
if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
|
| 3649 |
{
|
| 3650 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR55;
|
| 3651 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3652 |
}
|
| 3653 |
|
| 3654 |
/* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
|
| 3655 |
by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
|
| 3656 |
from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
|
| 3657 |
the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
|
| 3658 |
pointer. */
|
| 3659 |
|
| 3660 |
if (repeat_max == -1)
|
| 3661 |
{
|
| 3662 |
register uschar *ket = previous;
|
| 3663 |
do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
|
| 3664 |
ketoffset = code - ket;
|
| 3665 |
}
|
| 3666 |
|
| 3667 |
/* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
|
| 3668 |
OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
|
| 3669 |
data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
|
| 3670 |
this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
|
| 3671 |
the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
|
| 3672 |
minimum is zero. */
|
| 3673 |
|
| 3674 |
if (repeat_min == 0)
|
| 3675 |
{
|
| 3676 |
/* If the maximum is also zero, we just omit the group from the output
|
| 3677 |
altogether. */
|
| 3678 |
|
| 3679 |
if (repeat_max == 0)
|
| 3680 |
{
|
| 3681 |
code = previous;
|
| 3682 |
goto END_REPEAT;
|
| 3683 |
}
|
| 3684 |
|
| 3685 |
/* If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the
|
| 3686 |
BRAZERO and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust
|
| 3687 |
any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or
|
| 3688 |
any internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from
|
| 3689 |
the start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while
|
| 3690 |
doing this. */
|
| 3691 |
|
| 3692 |
if (repeat_max <= 1)
|
| 3693 |
{
|
| 3694 |
*code = OP_END;
|
| 3695 |
adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
|
| 3696 |
memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
|
| 3697 |
code++;
|
| 3698 |
*previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
|
| 3699 |
}
|
| 3700 |
|
| 3701 |
/* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
|
| 3702 |
in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
|
| 3703 |
The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
|
| 3704 |
copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
|
| 3705 |
that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
|
| 3706 |
adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
|
| 3707 |
again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
|
| 3708 |
|
| 3709 |
else
|
| 3710 |
{
|
| 3711 |
int offset;
|
| 3712 |
*code = OP_END;
|
| 3713 |
adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
|
| 3714 |
memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
|
| 3715 |
code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 3716 |
*previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
|
| 3717 |
*previous++ = OP_BRA;
|
| 3718 |
|
| 3719 |
/* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
|
| 3720 |
filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
|
| 3721 |
|
| 3722 |
offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
|
| 3723 |
bralink = previous;
|
| 3724 |
PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
|
| 3725 |
}
|
| 3726 |
|
| 3727 |
repeat_max--;
|
| 3728 |
}
|
| 3729 |
|
| 3730 |
/* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
|
| 3731 |
times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
|
| 3732 |
copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
|
| 3733 |
set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
|
| 3734 |
forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
|
| 3735 |
the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
|
| 3736 |
|
| 3737 |
else
|
| 3738 |
{
|
| 3739 |
if (repeat_min > 1)
|
| 3740 |
{
|
| 3741 |
/* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
|
| 3742 |
just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
|
| 3743 |
potential integer overflow. */
|
| 3744 |
|
| 3745 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 3746 |
{
|
| 3747 |
int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
|
| 3748 |
if ((double)(repeat_min - 1)*(double)length_prevgroup >
|
| 3749 |
(double)INT_MAX ||
|
| 3750 |
OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
|
| 3751 |
{
|
| 3752 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
| 3753 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3754 |
}
|
| 3755 |
*lengthptr += delta;
|
| 3756 |
}
|
| 3757 |
|
| 3758 |
/* This is compiling for real */
|
| 3759 |
|
| 3760 |
else
|
| 3761 |
{
|
| 3762 |
if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 3763 |
for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
|
| 3764 |
{
|
| 3765 |
uschar *hc;
|
| 3766 |
uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
|
| 3767 |
memcpy(code, previous, len);
|
| 3768 |
for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
|
| 3769 |
{
|
| 3770 |
PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
|
| 3771 |
cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
|
| 3772 |
}
|
| 3773 |
save_hwm = this_hwm;
|
| 3774 |
code += len;
|
| 3775 |
}
|
| 3776 |
}
|
| 3777 |
}
|
| 3778 |
|
| 3779 |
if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
|
| 3780 |
}
|
| 3781 |
|
| 3782 |
/* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
|
| 3783 |
the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
|
| 3784 |
remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
|
| 3785 |
the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
|
| 3786 |
the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
|
| 3787 |
replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
|
| 3788 |
|
| 3789 |
if (repeat_max >= 0)
|
| 3790 |
{
|
| 3791 |
/* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
|
| 3792 |
just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
|
| 3793 |
to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
|
| 3794 |
add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
|
| 3795 |
paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. */
|
| 3796 |
|
| 3797 |
if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
|
| 3798 |
{
|
| 3799 |
int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
|
| 3800 |
2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */
|
| 3801 |
if ((double)repeat_max *
|
| 3802 |
(double)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
|
| 3803 |
> (double)INT_MAX ||
|
| 3804 |
OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
|
| 3805 |
{
|
| 3806 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
| 3807 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3808 |
}
|
| 3809 |
*lengthptr += delta;
|
| 3810 |
}
|
| 3811 |
|
| 3812 |
/* This is compiling for real */
|
| 3813 |
|
| 3814 |
else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
| 3815 |
{
|
| 3816 |
uschar *hc;
|
| 3817 |
uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
|
| 3818 |
|
| 3819 |
*code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
|
| 3820 |
|
| 3821 |
/* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
|
| 3822 |
chain of brackets outstanding. */
|
| 3823 |
|
| 3824 |
if (i != 0)
|
| 3825 |
{
|
| 3826 |
int offset;
|
| 3827 |
*code++ = OP_BRA;
|
| 3828 |
offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
|
| 3829 |
bralink = code;
|
| 3830 |
PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
|
| 3831 |
}
|
| 3832 |
|
| 3833 |
memcpy(code, previous, len);
|
| 3834 |
for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
|
| 3835 |
{
|
| 3836 |
PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
|
| 3837 |
cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
|
| 3838 |
}
|
| 3839 |
save_hwm = this_hwm;
|
| 3840 |
code += len;
|
| 3841 |
}
|
| 3842 |
|
| 3843 |
/* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
|
| 3844 |
fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
|
| 3845 |
|
| 3846 |
while (bralink != NULL)
|
| 3847 |
{
|
| 3848 |
int oldlinkoffset;
|
| 3849 |
int offset = code - bralink + 1;
|
| 3850 |
uschar *bra = code - offset;
|
| 3851 |
oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
|
| 3852 |
bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
|
| 3853 |
*code++ = OP_KET;
|
| 3854 |
PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
|
| 3855 |
PUT(bra, 1, offset);
|
| 3856 |
}
|
| 3857 |
}
|
| 3858 |
|
| 3859 |
/* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
|
| 3860 |
can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
|
| 3861 |
don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
|
| 3862 |
correct offset was computed above.
|
| 3863 |
|
| 3864 |
Then, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether
|
| 3865 |
this group is a non-atomic one that could match an empty string. If so,
|
| 3866 |
convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
|
| 3867 |
that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to
|
| 3868 |
atomic groups at runtime, but in a different way.] */
|
| 3869 |
|
| 3870 |
else
|
| 3871 |
{
|
| 3872 |
uschar *ketcode = code - ketoffset;
|
| 3873 |
uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
|
| 3874 |
*ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
|
| 3875 |
if (lengthptr == NULL && *bracode != OP_ONCE)
|
| 3876 |
{
|
| 3877 |
uschar *scode = bracode;
|
| 3878 |
do
|
| 3879 |
{
|
| 3880 |
if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8))
|
| 3881 |
{
|
| 3882 |
*bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
|
| 3883 |
break;
|
| 3884 |
}
|
| 3885 |
scode += GET(scode, 1);
|
| 3886 |
}
|
| 3887 |
while (*scode == OP_ALT);
|
| 3888 |
}
|
| 3889 |
}
|
| 3890 |
}
|
| 3891 |
|
| 3892 |
/* Else there's some kind of shambles */
|
| 3893 |
|
| 3894 |
else
|
| 3895 |
{
|
| 3896 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR11;
|
| 3897 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3898 |
}
|
| 3899 |
|
| 3900 |
/* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
|
| 3901 |
tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some of the
|
| 3902 |
simpler opcodes, there is an special alternative opcode for this. For
|
| 3903 |
anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets.
|
| 3904 |
The '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package,
|
| 3905 |
but the special opcodes can optimize it a bit. The repeated item starts at
|
| 3906 |
tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
|
| 3907 |
(former) last char we repeated.
|
| 3908 |
|
| 3909 |
Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
|
| 3910 |
an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
|
| 3911 |
length of what remains before proceeding. */
|
| 3912 |
|
| 3913 |
if (possessive_quantifier)
|
| 3914 |
{
|
| 3915 |
int len;
|
| 3916 |
if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT ||
|
| 3917 |
*tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
|
| 3918 |
tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode];
|
| 3919 |
len = code - tempcode;
|
| 3920 |
if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
|
| 3921 |
{
|
| 3922 |
case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
|
| 3923 |
case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
|
| 3924 |
case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
|
| 3925 |
case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
|
| 3926 |
|
| 3927 |
case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
|
| 3928 |
case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
|
| 3929 |
case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
|
| 3930 |
case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
|
| 3931 |
|
| 3932 |
case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
|
| 3933 |
case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
|
| 3934 |
case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
|
| 3935 |
case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
|
| 3936 |
|
| 3937 |
default:
|
| 3938 |
memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
|
| 3939 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 3940 |
len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 3941 |
tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
|
| 3942 |
*code++ = OP_KET;
|
| 3943 |
PUTINC(code, 0, len);
|
| 3944 |
PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
|
| 3945 |
break;
|
| 3946 |
}
|
| 3947 |
}
|
| 3948 |
|
| 3949 |
/* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
|
| 3950 |
"follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
|
| 3951 |
it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
|
| 3952 |
|
| 3953 |
END_REPEAT:
|
| 3954 |
previous = NULL;
|
| 3955 |
cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
|
| 3956 |
break;
|
| 3957 |
|
| 3958 |
|
| 3959 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 3960 |
/* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
|
| 3961 |
lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
|
| 3962 |
parenthesis forms. */
|
| 3963 |
|
| 3964 |
case '(':
|
| 3965 |
newoptions = options;
|
| 3966 |
skipbytes = 0;
|
| 3967 |
bravalue = OP_CBRA;
|
| 3968 |
save_hwm = cd->hwm;
|
| 3969 |
reset_bracount = FALSE;
|
| 3970 |
|
| 3971 |
/* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
|
| 3972 |
|
| 3973 |
if (*(++ptr) == '*' && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)
|
| 3974 |
{
|
| 3975 |
int i, namelen;
|
| 3976 |
const uschar *name = ++ptr;
|
| 3977 |
previous = NULL;
|
| 3978 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0);
|
| 3979 |
if (*ptr == ':')
|
| 3980 |
{
|
| 3981 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR59; /* Not supported */
|
| 3982 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3983 |
}
|
| 3984 |
if (*ptr != ')')
|
| 3985 |
{
|
| 3986 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR60;
|
| 3987 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 3988 |
}
|
| 3989 |
namelen = ptr - name;
|
| 3990 |
for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
|
| 3991 |
{
|
| 3992 |
if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
|
| 3993 |
strncmp((char *)name, verbs[i].name, namelen) == 0)
|
| 3994 |
{
|
| 3995 |
*code = verbs[i].op;
|
| 3996 |
if (*code++ == OP_ACCEPT) cd->had_accept = TRUE;
|
| 3997 |
break;
|
| 3998 |
}
|
| 3999 |
}
|
| 4000 |
if (i < verbcount) continue;
|
| 4001 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR60;
|
| 4002 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4003 |
}
|
| 4004 |
|
| 4005 |
/* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
|
| 4006 |
appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
|
| 4007 |
|
| 4008 |
else if (*ptr == '?')
|
| 4009 |
{
|
| 4010 |
int i, set, unset, namelen;
|
| 4011 |
int *optset;
|
| 4012 |
const uschar *name;
|
| 4013 |
uschar *slot;
|
| 4014 |
|
| 4015 |
switch (*(++ptr))
|
| 4016 |
{
|
| 4017 |
case '#': /* Comment; skip to ket */
|
| 4018 |
ptr++;
|
| 4019 |
while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != ')') ptr++;
|
| 4020 |
if (*ptr == 0)
|
| 4021 |
{
|
| 4022 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR18;
|
| 4023 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4024 |
}
|
| 4025 |
continue;
|
| 4026 |
|
| 4027 |
|
| 4028 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4029 |
case '|': /* Reset capture count for each branch */
|
| 4030 |
reset_bracount = TRUE;
|
| 4031 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 4032 |
|
| 4033 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4034 |
case ':': /* Non-capturing bracket */
|
| 4035 |
bravalue = OP_BRA;
|
| 4036 |
ptr++;
|
| 4037 |
break;
|
| 4038 |
|
| 4039 |
|
| 4040 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4041 |
case '(':
|
| 4042 |
bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */
|
| 4043 |
|
| 4044 |
/* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
|
| 4045 |
group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
|
| 4046 |
recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
|
| 4047 |
|
| 4048 |
There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
|
| 4049 |
by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
|
| 4050 |
|
| 4051 |
There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
|
| 4052 |
be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
|
| 4053 |
by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
|
| 4054 |
In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
|
| 4055 |
cases. */
|
| 4056 |
|
| 4057 |
/* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
|
| 4058 |
the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
|
| 4059 |
including assertions, are processed. */
|
| 4060 |
|
| 4061 |
if (ptr[1] == '?' && (ptr[2] == '=' || ptr[2] == '!' || ptr[2] == '<'))
|
| 4062 |
break;
|
| 4063 |
|
| 4064 |
/* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
|
| 4065 |
below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */
|
| 4066 |
|
| 4067 |
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
|
| 4068 |
skipbytes = 3;
|
| 4069 |
refsign = -1;
|
| 4070 |
|
| 4071 |
/* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
|
| 4072 |
|
| 4073 |
if (ptr[1] == 'R' && ptr[2] == '&')
|
| 4074 |
{
|
| 4075 |
terminator = -1;
|
| 4076 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 4077 |
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */
|
| 4078 |
}
|
| 4079 |
|
| 4080 |
/* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
|
| 4081 |
syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
|
| 4082 |
|
| 4083 |
else if (ptr[1] == '<')
|
| 4084 |
{
|
| 4085 |
terminator = '>';
|
| 4086 |
ptr++;
|
| 4087 |
}
|
| 4088 |
else if (ptr[1] == '\'')
|
| 4089 |
{
|
| 4090 |
terminator = '\'';
|
| 4091 |
ptr++;
|
| 4092 |
}
|
| 4093 |
else
|
| 4094 |
{
|
| 4095 |
terminator = 0;
|
| 4096 |
if (ptr[1] == '-' || ptr[1] == '+') refsign = *(++ptr);
|
| 4097 |
}
|
| 4098 |
|
| 4099 |
/* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
|
| 4100 |
|
| 4101 |
if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
|
| 4102 |
{
|
| 4103 |
ptr += 1; /* To get the right offset */
|
| 4104 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR28;
|
| 4105 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4106 |
}
|
| 4107 |
|
| 4108 |
/* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
|
| 4109 |
|
| 4110 |
recno = 0;
|
| 4111 |
name = ++ptr;
|
| 4112 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
|
| 4113 |
{
|
| 4114 |
if (recno >= 0)
|
| 4115 |
recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)?
|
| 4116 |
recno * 10 + *ptr - '0' : -1;
|
| 4117 |
ptr++;
|
| 4118 |
}
|
| 4119 |
namelen = ptr - name;
|
| 4120 |
|
| 4121 |
if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) || *ptr++ != ')')
|
| 4122 |
{
|
| 4123 |
ptr--; /* Error offset */
|
| 4124 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR26;
|
| 4125 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4126 |
}
|
| 4127 |
|
| 4128 |
/* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
|
| 4129 |
|
| 4130 |
if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
|
| 4131 |
|
| 4132 |
/* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
|
| 4133 |
reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
|
| 4134 |
be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
|
| 4135 |
|
| 4136 |
if (refsign > 0)
|
| 4137 |
{
|
| 4138 |
if (recno <= 0)
|
| 4139 |
{
|
| 4140 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
| 4141 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4142 |
}
|
| 4143 |
if (refsign == '-')
|
| 4144 |
{
|
| 4145 |
recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
|
| 4146 |
if (recno <= 0)
|
| 4147 |
{
|
| 4148 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 4149 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4150 |
}
|
| 4151 |
}
|
| 4152 |
else recno += cd->bracount;
|
| 4153 |
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
| 4154 |
break;
|
| 4155 |
}
|
| 4156 |
|
| 4157 |
/* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
|
| 4158 |
name. */
|
| 4159 |
|
| 4160 |
slot = cd->name_table;
|
| 4161 |
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
| 4162 |
{
|
| 4163 |
if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
|
| 4164 |
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
| 4165 |
}
|
| 4166 |
|
| 4167 |
/* Found a previous named subpattern */
|
| 4168 |
|
| 4169 |
if (i < cd->names_found)
|
| 4170 |
{
|
| 4171 |
recno = GET2(slot, 0);
|
| 4172 |
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
| 4173 |
}
|
| 4174 |
|
| 4175 |
/* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
|
| 4176 |
|
| 4177 |
else if ((i = find_parens(ptr, cd->bracount, name, namelen,
|
| 4178 |
(options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) > 0)
|
| 4179 |
{
|
| 4180 |
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
|
| 4181 |
}
|
| 4182 |
|
| 4183 |
/* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after
|
| 4184 |
the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are
|
| 4185 |
some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0
|
| 4186 |
[things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
|
| 4187 |
now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
|
| 4188 |
|
| 4189 |
else if (terminator != 0)
|
| 4190 |
{
|
| 4191 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 4192 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4193 |
}
|
| 4194 |
|
| 4195 |
/* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
|
| 4196 |
specific group number. */
|
| 4197 |
|
| 4198 |
else if (*name == 'R')
|
| 4199 |
{
|
| 4200 |
recno = 0;
|
| 4201 |
for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
|
| 4202 |
{
|
| 4203 |
if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
|
| 4204 |
{
|
| 4205 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 4206 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4207 |
}
|
| 4208 |
recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - '0';
|
| 4209 |
}
|
| 4210 |
if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
|
| 4211 |
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */
|
| 4212 |
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
| 4213 |
}
|
| 4214 |
|
| 4215 |
/* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
|
| 4216 |
false. */
|
| 4217 |
|
| 4218 |
else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, "DEFINE", 6) == 0)
|
| 4219 |
{
|
| 4220 |
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
|
| 4221 |
skipbytes = 1;
|
| 4222 |
}
|
| 4223 |
|
| 4224 |
/* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. */
|
| 4225 |
|
| 4226 |
else if (recno > 0)
|
| 4227 |
{
|
| 4228 |
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
| 4229 |
}
|
| 4230 |
|
| 4231 |
/* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
|
| 4232 |
|
| 4233 |
else
|
| 4234 |
{
|
| 4235 |
*errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
|
| 4236 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4237 |
}
|
| 4238 |
break;
|
| 4239 |
|
| 4240 |
|
| 4241 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4242 |
case '=': /* Positive lookahead */
|
| 4243 |
bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
|
| 4244 |
ptr++;
|
| 4245 |
break;
|
| 4246 |
|
| 4247 |
|
| 4248 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4249 |
case '!': /* Negative lookahead */
|
| 4250 |
ptr++;
|
| 4251 |
if (*ptr == ')') /* Optimize (?!) */
|
| 4252 |
{
|
| 4253 |
*code++ = OP_FAIL;
|
| 4254 |
previous = NULL;
|
| 4255 |
continue;
|
| 4256 |
}
|
| 4257 |
bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
|
| 4258 |
break;
|
| 4259 |
|
| 4260 |
|
| 4261 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4262 |
case '<': /* Lookbehind or named define */
|
| 4263 |
switch (ptr[1])
|
| 4264 |
{
|
| 4265 |
case '=': /* Positive lookbehind */
|
| 4266 |
bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
|
| 4267 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 4268 |
break;
|
| 4269 |
|
| 4270 |
case '!': /* Negative lookbehind */
|
| 4271 |
bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
|
| 4272 |
ptr += 2;
|
| 4273 |
break;
|
| 4274 |
|
| 4275 |
default: /* Could be name define, else bad */
|
| 4276 |
if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME;
|
| 4277 |
ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */
|
| 4278 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR24;
|
| 4279 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4280 |
}
|
| 4281 |
break;
|
| 4282 |
|
| 4283 |
|
| 4284 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4285 |
case '>': /* One-time brackets */
|
| 4286 |
bravalue = OP_ONCE;
|
| 4287 |
ptr++;
|
| 4288 |
break;
|
| 4289 |
|
| 4290 |
|
| 4291 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4292 |
case 'C': /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
|
| 4293 |
previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */
|
| 4294 |
after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
|
| 4295 |
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
|
| 4296 |
{
|
| 4297 |
int n = 0;
|
| 4298 |
while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
| 4299 |
n = n * 10 + *ptr - '0';
|
| 4300 |
if (*ptr != ')')
|
| 4301 |
{
|
| 4302 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR39;
|
| 4303 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4304 |
}
|
| 4305 |
if (n > 255)
|
| 4306 |
{
|
| 4307 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR38;
|
| 4308 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4309 |
}
|
| 4310 |
*code++ = n;
|
| 4311 |
PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1); /* Pattern offset */
|
| 4312 |
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
|
| 4313 |
code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
|
| 4314 |
}
|
| 4315 |
previous = NULL;
|
| 4316 |
continue;
|
| 4317 |
|
| 4318 |
|
| 4319 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4320 |
case 'P': /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
|
| 4321 |
if (*(++ptr) == '=' || *ptr == '>') /* Reference or recursion */
|
| 4322 |
{
|
| 4323 |
is_recurse = *ptr == '>';
|
| 4324 |
terminator = ')';
|
| 4325 |
goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
|
| 4326 |
}
|
| 4327 |
else if (*ptr != '<') /* Test for Python-style definition */
|
| 4328 |
{
|
| 4329 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR41;
|
| 4330 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4331 |
}
|
| 4332 |
/* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
|
| 4333 |
|
| 4334 |
|
| 4335 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4336 |
DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */
|
| 4337 |
case '\'':
|
| 4338 |
{
|
| 4339 |
terminator = (*ptr == '<')? '>' : '\'';
|
| 4340 |
name = ++ptr;
|
| 4341 |
|
| 4342 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
|
| 4343 |
namelen = ptr - name;
|
| 4344 |
|
| 4345 |
/* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
|
| 4346 |
|
| 4347 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 4348 |
{
|
| 4349 |
if (*ptr != terminator)
|
| 4350 |
{
|
| 4351 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR42;
|
| 4352 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4353 |
}
|
| 4354 |
if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
|
| 4355 |
{
|
| 4356 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR49;
|
| 4357 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4358 |
}
|
| 4359 |
if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size)
|
| 4360 |
{
|
| 4361 |
cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3;
|
| 4362 |
if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
|
| 4363 |
{
|
| 4364 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR48;
|
| 4365 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4366 |
}
|
| 4367 |
}
|
| 4368 |
}
|
| 4369 |
|
| 4370 |
/* In the real compile, create the entry in the table */
|
| 4371 |
|
| 4372 |
else
|
| 4373 |
{
|
| 4374 |
slot = cd->name_table;
|
| 4375 |
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
| 4376 |
{
|
| 4377 |
int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
|
| 4378 |
if (crc == 0)
|
| 4379 |
{
|
| 4380 |
if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
|
| 4381 |
{
|
| 4382 |
if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
|
| 4383 |
{
|
| 4384 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR43;
|
| 4385 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4386 |
}
|
| 4387 |
}
|
| 4388 |
else crc = -1; /* Current name is substring */
|
| 4389 |
}
|
| 4390 |
if (crc < 0)
|
| 4391 |
{
|
| 4392 |
memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
|
| 4393 |
(cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
|
| 4394 |
break;
|
| 4395 |
}
|
| 4396 |
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
| 4397 |
}
|
| 4398 |
|
| 4399 |
PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
|
| 4400 |
memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
|
| 4401 |
slot[2+namelen] = 0;
|
| 4402 |
}
|
| 4403 |
}
|
| 4404 |
|
| 4405 |
/* In both cases, count the number of names we've encountered. */
|
| 4406 |
|
| 4407 |
ptr++; /* Move past > or ' */
|
| 4408 |
cd->names_found++;
|
| 4409 |
goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
|
| 4410 |
|
| 4411 |
|
| 4412 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4413 |
case '&': /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
|
| 4414 |
terminator = ')';
|
| 4415 |
is_recurse = TRUE;
|
| 4416 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 4417 |
|
| 4418 |
/* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
|
| 4419 |
references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
|
| 4420 |
through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). */
|
| 4421 |
|
| 4422 |
NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
|
| 4423 |
name = ++ptr;
|
| 4424 |
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
|
| 4425 |
namelen = ptr - name;
|
| 4426 |
|
| 4427 |
/* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check and set a dummy
|
| 4428 |
reference number. */
|
| 4429 |
|
| 4430 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 4431 |
{
|
| 4432 |
if (*ptr != terminator)
|
| 4433 |
{
|
| 4434 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR42;
|
| 4435 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4436 |
}
|
| 4437 |
if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
|
| 4438 |
{
|
| 4439 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR48;
|
| 4440 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4441 |
}
|
| 4442 |
recno = 0;
|
| 4443 |
}
|
| 4444 |
|
| 4445 |
/* In the real compile, seek the name in the table */
|
| 4446 |
|
| 4447 |
else
|
| 4448 |
{
|
| 4449 |
slot = cd->name_table;
|
| 4450 |
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
| 4451 |
{
|
| 4452 |
if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
|
| 4453 |
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
| 4454 |
}
|
| 4455 |
|
| 4456 |
if (i < cd->names_found) /* Back reference */
|
| 4457 |
{
|
| 4458 |
recno = GET2(slot, 0);
|
| 4459 |
}
|
| 4460 |
else if ((recno = /* Forward back reference */
|
| 4461 |
find_parens(ptr, cd->bracount, name, namelen,
|
| 4462 |
(options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) <= 0)
|
| 4463 |
{
|
| 4464 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 4465 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4466 |
}
|
| 4467 |
}
|
| 4468 |
|
| 4469 |
/* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
|
| 4470 |
recursion or backreferences. */
|
| 4471 |
|
| 4472 |
if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
|
| 4473 |
else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
|
| 4474 |
|
| 4475 |
|
| 4476 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4477 |
case 'R': /* Recursion */
|
| 4478 |
ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */
|
| 4479 |
/* Fall through */
|
| 4480 |
|
| 4481 |
|
| 4482 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4483 |
case '-': case '+':
|
| 4484 |
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': /* Recursion or */
|
| 4485 |
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': /* subroutine */
|
| 4486 |
{
|
| 4487 |
const uschar *called;
|
| 4488 |
|
| 4489 |
if ((refsign = *ptr) == '+') ptr++;
|
| 4490 |
else if (refsign == '-')
|
| 4491 |
{
|
| 4492 |
if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
|
| 4493 |
goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
|
| 4494 |
ptr++;
|
| 4495 |
}
|
| 4496 |
|
| 4497 |
recno = 0;
|
| 4498 |
while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
| 4499 |
recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - '0';
|
| 4500 |
|
| 4501 |
if (*ptr != ')')
|
| 4502 |
{
|
| 4503 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR29;
|
| 4504 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4505 |
}
|
| 4506 |
|
| 4507 |
if (refsign == '-')
|
| 4508 |
{
|
| 4509 |
if (recno == 0)
|
| 4510 |
{
|
| 4511 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
| 4512 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4513 |
}
|
| 4514 |
recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
|
| 4515 |
if (recno <= 0)
|
| 4516 |
{
|
| 4517 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 4518 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4519 |
}
|
| 4520 |
}
|
| 4521 |
else if (refsign == '+')
|
| 4522 |
{
|
| 4523 |
if (recno == 0)
|
| 4524 |
{
|
| 4525 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
| 4526 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4527 |
}
|
| 4528 |
recno += cd->bracount;
|
| 4529 |
}
|
| 4530 |
|
| 4531 |
/* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
|
| 4532 |
|
| 4533 |
HANDLE_RECURSION:
|
| 4534 |
|
| 4535 |
previous = code;
|
| 4536 |
called = cd->start_code;
|
| 4537 |
|
| 4538 |
/* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
|
| 4539 |
referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
|
| 4540 |
this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
|
| 4541 |
the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
|
| 4542 |
now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
|
| 4543 |
be filled in at the end. */
|
| 4544 |
|
| 4545 |
if (lengthptr == NULL)
|
| 4546 |
{
|
| 4547 |
*code = OP_END;
|
| 4548 |
if (recno != 0) called = find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
|
| 4549 |
|
| 4550 |
/* Forward reference */
|
| 4551 |
|
| 4552 |
if (called == NULL)
|
| 4553 |
{
|
| 4554 |
if (find_parens(ptr, cd->bracount, NULL, recno,
|
| 4555 |
(options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) < 0)
|
| 4556 |
{
|
| 4557 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
| 4558 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4559 |
}
|
| 4560 |
called = cd->start_code + recno;
|
| 4561 |
PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, code + 2 + LINK_SIZE - cd->start_code);
|
| 4562 |
}
|
| 4563 |
|
| 4564 |
/* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
|
| 4565 |
this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
|
| 4566 |
recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. */
|
| 4567 |
|
| 4568 |
else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 &&
|
| 4569 |
could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
|
| 4570 |
{
|
| 4571 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR40;
|
| 4572 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4573 |
}
|
| 4574 |
}
|
| 4575 |
|
| 4576 |
/* Insert the recursion/subroutine item, automatically wrapped inside
|
| 4577 |
"once" brackets. Set up a "previous group" length so that a
|
| 4578 |
subsequent quantifier will work. */
|
| 4579 |
|
| 4580 |
*code = OP_ONCE;
|
| 4581 |
PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
|
| 4582 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 4583 |
|
| 4584 |
*code = OP_RECURSE;
|
| 4585 |
PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
|
| 4586 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 4587 |
|
| 4588 |
*code = OP_KET;
|
| 4589 |
PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
|
| 4590 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 4591 |
|
| 4592 |
length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
|
| 4593 |
}
|
| 4594 |
|
| 4595 |
/* Can't determine a first byte now */
|
| 4596 |
|
| 4597 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 4598 |
continue;
|
| 4599 |
|
| 4600 |
|
| 4601 |
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
| 4602 |
default: /* Other characters: check option setting */
|
| 4603 |
OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
|
| 4604 |
set = unset = 0;
|
| 4605 |
optset = &set;
|
| 4606 |
|
| 4607 |
while (*ptr != ')' && *ptr != ':')
|
| 4608 |
{
|
| 4609 |
switch (*ptr++)
|
| 4610 |
{
|
| 4611 |
case '-': optset = &unset; break;
|
| 4612 |
|
| 4613 |
case 'J': /* Record that it changed in the external options */
|
| 4614 |
*optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
|
| 4615 |
cd->external_options |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
|
| 4616 |
break;
|
| 4617 |
|
| 4618 |
case 'i': *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
|
| 4619 |
case 'm': *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
|
| 4620 |
case 's': *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
|
| 4621 |
case 'x': *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
|
| 4622 |
case 'U': *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
|
| 4623 |
case 'X': *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
|
| 4624 |
|
| 4625 |
default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
|
| 4626 |
ptr--; /* Correct the offset */
|
| 4627 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4628 |
}
|
| 4629 |
}
|
| 4630 |
|
| 4631 |
/* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
|
| 4632 |
|
| 4633 |
newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
|
| 4634 |
|
| 4635 |
/* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
|
| 4636 |
group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
|
| 4637 |
item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
|
| 4638 |
abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
|
| 4639 |
the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
|
| 4640 |
caseless checking of required bytes.
|
| 4641 |
|
| 4642 |
If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
|
| 4643 |
definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
|
| 4644 |
compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
|
| 4645 |
that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
|
| 4646 |
during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
|
| 4647 |
we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
|
| 4648 |
any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
|
| 4649 |
has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
|
| 4650 |
is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
|
| 4651 |
both phases.
|
| 4652 |
|
| 4653 |
If we are not at the pattern start, compile code to change the ims
|
| 4654 |
options if this setting actually changes any of them. We also pass the
|
| 4655 |
new setting back so that it can be put at the start of any following
|
| 4656 |
branches, and when this group ends (if we are in a group), a resetting
|
| 4657 |
item can be compiled. */
|
| 4658 |
|
| 4659 |
if (*ptr == ')')
|
| 4660 |
{
|
| 4661 |
if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
|
| 4662 |
(lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
|
| 4663 |
{
|
| 4664 |
cd->external_options = newoptions;
|
| 4665 |
options = newoptions;
|
| 4666 |
}
|
| 4667 |
else
|
| 4668 |
{
|
| 4669 |
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
|
| 4670 |
{
|
| 4671 |
*code++ = OP_OPT;
|
| 4672 |
*code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
|
| 4673 |
}
|
| 4674 |
|
| 4675 |
/* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
|
| 4676 |
in subsequent branches. Reset the greedy defaults and the case
|
| 4677 |
value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
|
| 4678 |
|
| 4679 |
*optionsptr = options = newoptions;
|
| 4680 |
greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
|
| 4681 |
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
|
| 4682 |
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
|
| 4683 |
}
|
| 4684 |
|
| 4685 |
previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */
|
| 4686 |
continue; /* It is complete */
|
| 4687 |
}
|
| 4688 |
|
| 4689 |
/* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
|
| 4690 |
with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
|
| 4691 |
not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
|
| 4692 |
the newoptions value is handled below. */
|
| 4693 |
|
| 4694 |
bravalue = OP_BRA;
|
| 4695 |
ptr++;
|
| 4696 |
} /* End of switch for character following (? */
|
| 4697 |
} /* End of (? handling */
|
| 4698 |
|
| 4699 |
/* Opening parenthesis not followed by '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set,
|
| 4700 |
all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
|
| 4701 |
brackets. */
|
| 4702 |
|
| 4703 |
else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
|
| 4704 |
{
|
| 4705 |
bravalue = OP_BRA;
|
| 4706 |
}
|
| 4707 |
|
| 4708 |
/* Else we have a capturing group. */
|
| 4709 |
|
| 4710 |
else
|
| 4711 |
{
|
| 4712 |
NUMBERED_GROUP:
|
| 4713 |
cd->bracount += 1;
|
| 4714 |
PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
|
| 4715 |
skipbytes = 2;
|
| 4716 |
}
|
| 4717 |
|
| 4718 |
/* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions may not be repeated, but
|
| 4719 |
other kinds can be. All their opcodes are >= OP_ONCE. We copy code into a
|
| 4720 |
non-register variable in order to be able to pass its address because some
|
| 4721 |
compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a new setting for the ims options if
|
| 4722 |
they have changed. */
|
| 4723 |
|
| 4724 |
previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
|
| 4725 |
*code = bravalue;
|
| 4726 |
tempcode = code;
|
| 4727 |
tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */
|
| 4728 |
length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
|
| 4729 |
|
| 4730 |
if (!compile_regex(
|
| 4731 |
newoptions, /* The complete new option state */
|
| 4732 |
options & PCRE_IMS, /* The previous ims option state */
|
| 4733 |
&tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */
|
| 4734 |
&ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */
|
| 4735 |
errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */
|
| 4736 |
(bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
|
| 4737 |
bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
|
| 4738 |
reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */
|
| 4739 |
skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */
|
| 4740 |
&subfirstbyte, /* For possible first char */
|
| 4741 |
&subreqbyte, /* For possible last char */
|
| 4742 |
bcptr, /* Current branch chain */
|
| 4743 |
cd, /* Tables block */
|
| 4744 |
(lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */
|
| 4745 |
&length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */
|
| 4746 |
))
|
| 4747 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4748 |
|
| 4749 |
/* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
|
| 4750 |
group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
|
| 4751 |
and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
|
| 4752 |
is on the bracket. */
|
| 4753 |
|
| 4754 |
/* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
|
| 4755 |
two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
|
| 4756 |
in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
|
| 4757 |
not be available. */
|
| 4758 |
|
| 4759 |
if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
|
| 4760 |
{
|
| 4761 |
uschar *tc = code;
|
| 4762 |
int condcount = 0;
|
| 4763 |
|
| 4764 |
do {
|
| 4765 |
condcount++;
|
| 4766 |
tc += GET(tc,1);
|
| 4767 |
}
|
| 4768 |
while (*tc != OP_KET);
|
| 4769 |
|
| 4770 |
/* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
|
| 4771 |
false). It must have only one branch. */
|
| 4772 |
|
| 4773 |
if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
|
| 4774 |
{
|
| 4775 |
if (condcount > 1)
|
| 4776 |
{
|
| 4777 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR54;
|
| 4778 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4779 |
}
|
| 4780 |
bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
|
| 4781 |
}
|
| 4782 |
|
| 4783 |
/* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
|
| 4784 |
make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an
|
| 4785 |
empty second branch. */
|
| 4786 |
|
| 4787 |
else
|
| 4788 |
{
|
| 4789 |
if (condcount > 2)
|
| 4790 |
{
|
| 4791 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR27;
|
| 4792 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4793 |
}
|
| 4794 |
if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 4795 |
}
|
| 4796 |
}
|
| 4797 |
|
| 4798 |
/* Error if hit end of pattern */
|
| 4799 |
|
| 4800 |
if (*ptr != ')')
|
| 4801 |
{
|
| 4802 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR14;
|
| 4803 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4804 |
}
|
| 4805 |
|
| 4806 |
/* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
|
| 4807 |
less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
|
| 4808 |
set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
|
| 4809 |
duplicated by a quantifier.*/
|
| 4810 |
|
| 4811 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 4812 |
{
|
| 4813 |
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
|
| 4814 |
{
|
| 4815 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
| 4816 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4817 |
}
|
| 4818 |
*lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
|
| 4819 |
*code++ = OP_BRA;
|
| 4820 |
PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
|
| 4821 |
*code++ = OP_KET;
|
| 4822 |
PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
|
| 4823 |
break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
|
| 4824 |
}
|
| 4825 |
|
| 4826 |
/* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
|
| 4827 |
|
| 4828 |
code = tempcode;
|
| 4829 |
|
| 4830 |
/* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
|
| 4831 |
relevant. */
|
| 4832 |
|
| 4833 |
if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
|
| 4834 |
|
| 4835 |
/* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
|
| 4836 |
group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
|
| 4837 |
branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
|
| 4838 |
zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and
|
| 4839 |
zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
|
| 4840 |
back off. */
|
| 4841 |
|
| 4842 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 4843 |
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 4844 |
groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
|
| 4845 |
|
| 4846 |
if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
|
| 4847 |
{
|
| 4848 |
/* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
|
| 4849 |
subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
|
| 4850 |
than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
|
| 4851 |
no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
|
| 4852 |
repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
|
| 4853 |
|
| 4854 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
|
| 4855 |
{
|
| 4856 |
if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
|
| 4857 |
{
|
| 4858 |
firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
|
| 4859 |
groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
|
| 4860 |
}
|
| 4861 |
else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 4862 |
zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 4863 |
}
|
| 4864 |
|
| 4865 |
/* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
|
| 4866 |
into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
|
| 4867 |
existence beforehand. */
|
| 4868 |
|
| 4869 |
else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
|
| 4870 |
subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
|
| 4871 |
|
| 4872 |
/* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
|
| 4873 |
really the first byte - see above), set it. */
|
| 4874 |
|
| 4875 |
if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
|
| 4876 |
}
|
| 4877 |
|
| 4878 |
/* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
|
| 4879 |
helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
|
| 4880 |
char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
|
| 4881 |
for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
|
| 4882 |
such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
|
| 4883 |
of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
|
| 4884 |
firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
|
| 4885 |
|
| 4886 |
else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
|
| 4887 |
break; /* End of processing '(' */
|
| 4888 |
|
| 4889 |
|
| 4890 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 4891 |
/* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
|
| 4892 |
are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
|
| 4893 |
back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
|
| 4894 |
back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
|
| 4895 |
We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
|
| 4896 |
have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
|
| 4897 |
|
| 4898 |
case '\\':
|
| 4899 |
tempptr = ptr;
|
| 4900 |
c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
|
| 4901 |
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
| 4902 |
|
| 4903 |
if (c < 0)
|
| 4904 |
{
|
| 4905 |
if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
|
| 4906 |
{
|
| 4907 |
if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E') ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
|
| 4908 |
else inescq = TRUE;
|
| 4909 |
continue;
|
| 4910 |
}
|
| 4911 |
|
| 4912 |
if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
|
| 4913 |
|
| 4914 |
/* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
|
| 4915 |
setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
|
| 4916 |
|
| 4917 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
|
| 4918 |
firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 4919 |
|
| 4920 |
/* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
|
| 4921 |
|
| 4922 |
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 4923 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 4924 |
|
| 4925 |
/* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
|
| 4926 |
We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax) */
|
| 4927 |
|
| 4928 |
if (-c == ESC_k && (ptr[1] == '<' || ptr[1] == '\'' || ptr[1] == '{'))
|
| 4929 |
{
|
| 4930 |
is_recurse = FALSE;
|
| 4931 |
terminator = (*(++ptr) == '<')? '>' : (*ptr == '\'')? '\'' : '}';
|
| 4932 |
goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
|
| 4933 |
}
|
| 4934 |
|
| 4935 |
/* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if
|
| 4936 |
not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
|
| 4937 |
':' later. */
|
| 4938 |
|
| 4939 |
if (-c >= ESC_REF)
|
| 4940 |
{
|
| 4941 |
recno = -c - ESC_REF;
|
| 4942 |
|
| 4943 |
HANDLE_REFERENCE: /* Come here from named backref handling */
|
| 4944 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 4945 |
previous = code;
|
| 4946 |
*code++ = OP_REF;
|
| 4947 |
PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
|
| 4948 |
cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
|
| 4949 |
if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
|
| 4950 |
}
|
| 4951 |
|
| 4952 |
/* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
|
| 4953 |
|
| 4954 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
| 4955 |
else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
|
| 4956 |
{
|
| 4957 |
BOOL negated;
|
| 4958 |
int pdata;
|
| 4959 |
int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
|
| 4960 |
if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
|
| 4961 |
previous = code;
|
| 4962 |
*code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
|
| 4963 |
*code++ = ptype;
|
| 4964 |
*code++ = pdata;
|
| 4965 |
}
|
| 4966 |
#else
|
| 4967 |
|
| 4968 |
/* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
|
| 4969 |
allowed. */
|
| 4970 |
|
| 4971 |
else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
|
| 4972 |
{
|
| 4973 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR45;
|
| 4974 |
goto FAILED;
|
| 4975 |
}
|
| 4976 |
#endif
|
| 4977 |
|
| 4978 |
/* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
|
| 4979 |
can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value. */
|
| 4980 |
|
| 4981 |
else
|
| 4982 |
{
|
| 4983 |
previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
|
| 4984 |
*code++ = -c;
|
| 4985 |
}
|
| 4986 |
continue;
|
| 4987 |
}
|
| 4988 |
|
| 4989 |
/* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
|
| 4990 |
a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
|
| 4991 |
handle it as a data character. */
|
| 4992 |
|
| 4993 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 4994 |
if (utf8 && c > 127)
|
| 4995 |
mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
|
| 4996 |
else
|
| 4997 |
#endif
|
| 4998 |
|
| 4999 |
{
|
| 5000 |
mcbuffer[0] = c;
|
| 5001 |
mclength = 1;
|
| 5002 |
}
|
| 5003 |
goto ONE_CHAR;
|
| 5004 |
|
| 5005 |
|
| 5006 |
/* ===================================================================*/
|
| 5007 |
/* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
|
| 5008 |
when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
|
| 5009 |
multi-byte literal character. */
|
| 5010 |
|
| 5011 |
default:
|
| 5012 |
NORMAL_CHAR:
|
| 5013 |
mclength = 1;
|
| 5014 |
mcbuffer[0] = c;
|
| 5015 |
|
| 5016 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 5017 |
if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0)
|
| 5018 |
{
|
| 5019 |
while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
| 5020 |
mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
|
| 5021 |
}
|
| 5022 |
#endif
|
| 5023 |
|
| 5024 |
/* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
|
| 5025 |
in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
|
| 5026 |
|
| 5027 |
ONE_CHAR:
|
| 5028 |
previous = code;
|
| 5029 |
*code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
|
| 5030 |
for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
|
| 5031 |
|
| 5032 |
/* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
|
| 5033 |
byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
|
| 5034 |
Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
|
| 5035 |
repeat. */
|
| 5036 |
|
| 5037 |
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
|
| 5038 |
{
|
| 5039 |
zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 5040 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 5041 |
|
| 5042 |
/* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
|
| 5043 |
only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
|
| 5044 |
|
| 5045 |
if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
|
| 5046 |
{
|
| 5047 |
firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
|
| 5048 |
if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
|
| 5049 |
}
|
| 5050 |
else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 5051 |
}
|
| 5052 |
|
| 5053 |
/* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
|
| 5054 |
1 or the matching is caseful. */
|
| 5055 |
|
| 5056 |
else
|
| 5057 |
{
|
| 5058 |
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 5059 |
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
| 5060 |
if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
|
| 5061 |
reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
|
| 5062 |
}
|
| 5063 |
|
| 5064 |
break; /* End of literal character handling */
|
| 5065 |
}
|
| 5066 |
} /* end of big loop */
|
| 5067 |
|
| 5068 |
|
| 5069 |
/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
|
| 5070 |
error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
|
| 5071 |
to the user for diagnosing the error. */
|
| 5072 |
|
| 5073 |
FAILED:
|
| 5074 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 5075 |
return FALSE;
|
| 5076 |
}
|
| 5077 |
|
| 5078 |
|
| 5079 |
|
| 5080 |
|
| 5081 |
/*************************************************
|
| 5082 |
* Compile sequence of alternatives *
|
| 5083 |
*************************************************/
|
| 5084 |
|
| 5085 |
/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
|
| 5086 |
points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
|
| 5087 |
variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
|
| 5088 |
If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or during any
|
| 5089 |
branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every following branch
|
| 5090 |
to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass the new options
|
| 5091 |
into every subsequent branch compile.
|
| 5092 |
|
| 5093 |
This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
|
| 5094 |
out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
|
| 5095 |
value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
|
| 5096 |
|
| 5097 |
Arguments:
|
| 5098 |
options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
|
| 5099 |
oldims previous settings of ims option bits
|
| 5100 |
codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer
|
| 5101 |
ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer
|
| 5102 |
errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable
|
| 5103 |
lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
|
| 5104 |
reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
|
| 5105 |
skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
|
| 5106 |
firstbyteptr place to put the first required character, or a negative number
|
| 5107 |
reqbyteptr place to put the last required character, or a negative number
|
| 5108 |
bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches
|
| 5109 |
cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
|
| 5110 |
lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
|
| 5111 |
points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
|
| 5112 |
|
| 5113 |
Returns: TRUE on success
|
| 5114 |
*/
|
| 5115 |
|
| 5116 |
static BOOL
|
| 5117 |
compile_regex(int options, int oldims, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
|
| 5118 |
int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
|
| 5119 |
int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd,
|
| 5120 |
int *lengthptr)
|
| 5121 |
{
|
| 5122 |
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
| 5123 |
uschar *code = *codeptr;
|
| 5124 |
uschar *last_branch = code;
|
| 5125 |
uschar *start_bracket = code;
|
| 5126 |
uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
|
| 5127 |
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
|
| 5128 |
int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
|
| 5129 |
int length;
|
| 5130 |
int orig_bracount;
|
| 5131 |
int max_bracount;
|
| 5132 |
branch_chain bc;
|
| 5133 |
|
| 5134 |
bc.outer = bcptr;
|
| 5135 |
bc.current = code;
|
| 5136 |
|
| 5137 |
firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
|
| 5138 |
|
| 5139 |
/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
|
| 5140 |
length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
|
| 5141 |
beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
|
| 5142 |
lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
|
| 5143 |
start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
|
| 5144 |
the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
|
| 5145 |
|
| 5146 |
length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
|
| 5147 |
|
| 5148 |
/* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
|
| 5149 |
the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
|
| 5150 |
them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
|
| 5151 |
pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
|
| 5152 |
|
| 5153 |
/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
|
| 5154 |
|
| 5155 |
PUT(code, 1, 0);
|
| 5156 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
|
| 5157 |
|
| 5158 |
/* Loop for each alternative branch */
|
| 5159 |
|
| 5160 |
orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
|
| 5161 |
for (;;)
|
| 5162 |
{
|
| 5163 |
/* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
|
| 5164 |
uses the same numbers. */
|
| 5165 |
|
| 5166 |
if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
|
| 5167 |
|
| 5168 |
/* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
|
| 5169 |
|
| 5170 |
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
|
| 5171 |
{
|
| 5172 |
*code++ = OP_OPT;
|
| 5173 |
*code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
|
| 5174 |
length += 2;
|
| 5175 |
}
|
| 5176 |
|
| 5177 |
/* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
|
| 5178 |
|
| 5179 |
if (lookbehind)
|
| 5180 |
{
|
| 5181 |
*code++ = OP_REVERSE;
|
| 5182 |
reverse_count = code;
|
| 5183 |
PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
|
| 5184 |
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 5185 |
}
|
| 5186 |
|
| 5187 |
/* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
|
| 5188 |
into the length. */
|
| 5189 |
|
| 5190 |
if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstbyte,
|
| 5191 |
&branchreqbyte, &bc, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
|
| 5192 |
{
|
| 5193 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 5194 |
return FALSE;
|
| 5195 |
}
|
| 5196 |
|
| 5197 |
/* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
|
| 5198 |
has fewer than the rest. */
|
| 5199 |
|
| 5200 |
if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
|
| 5201 |
|
| 5202 |
/* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
|
| 5203 |
|
| 5204 |
if (lengthptr == NULL)
|
| 5205 |
{
|
| 5206 |
/* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
|
| 5207 |
branch become the values for the regex. */
|
| 5208 |
|
| 5209 |
if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
|
| 5210 |
{
|
| 5211 |
firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
|
| 5212 |
reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
|
| 5213 |
}
|
| 5214 |
|
| 5215 |
/* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
|
| 5216 |
match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
|
| 5217 |
previous value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
|
| 5218 |
and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
|
| 5219 |
|
| 5220 |
else
|
| 5221 |
{
|
| 5222 |
/* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
|
| 5223 |
we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was
|
| 5224 |
previously no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
|
| 5225 |
|
| 5226 |
if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
|
| 5227 |
{
|
| 5228 |
if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
|
| 5229 |
firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 5230 |
}
|
| 5231 |
|
| 5232 |
/* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
|
| 5233 |
branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
|
| 5234 |
|
| 5235 |
if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
|
| 5236 |
branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
|
| 5237 |
|
| 5238 |
/* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
|
| 5239 |
|
| 5240 |
if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
|
| 5241 |
reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
| 5242 |
else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
|
| 5243 |
}
|
| 5244 |
|
| 5245 |
/* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
|
| 5246 |
put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
|
| 5247 |
branch with OP_END. */
|
| 5248 |
|
| 5249 |
if (lookbehind)
|
| 5250 |
{
|
| 5251 |
int fixed_length;
|
| 5252 |
*code = OP_END;
|
| 5253 |
fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
|
| 5254 |
DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
|
| 5255 |
if (fixed_length < 0)
|
| 5256 |
{
|
| 5257 |
*errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
|
| 5258 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 5259 |
return FALSE;
|
| 5260 |
}
|
| 5261 |
PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
|
| 5262 |
}
|
| 5263 |
}
|
| 5264 |
|
| 5265 |
/* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
|
| 5266 |
compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
|
| 5267 |
of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
|
| 5268 |
first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
|
| 5269 |
group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
|
| 5270 |
bracketed item. If any of the ims options were changed inside the group,
|
| 5271 |
compile a resetting op-code following, except at the very end of the pattern.
|
| 5272 |
Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
|
| 5273 |
|
| 5274 |
if (*ptr != '|')
|
| 5275 |
{
|
| 5276 |
if (lengthptr == NULL)
|
| 5277 |
{
|
| 5278 |
int branch_length = code - last_branch;
|
| 5279 |
do
|
| 5280 |
{
|
| 5281 |
int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
|
| 5282 |
PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
|
| 5283 |
branch_length = prev_length;
|
| 5284 |
last_branch -= branch_length;
|
| 5285 |
}
|
| 5286 |
while (branch_length > 0);
|
| 5287 |
}
|
| 5288 |
|
| 5289 |
/* Fill in the ket */
|
| 5290 |
|
| 5291 |
*code = OP_KET;
|
| 5292 |
PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
|
| 5293 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 5294 |
|
| 5295 |
/* Resetting option if needed */
|
| 5296 |
|
| 5297 |
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == ')')
|
| 5298 |
{
|
| 5299 |
*code++ = OP_OPT;
|
| 5300 |
*code++ = oldims;
|
| 5301 |
length += 2;
|
| 5302 |
}
|
| 5303 |
|
| 5304 |
/* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
|
| 5305 |
|
| 5306 |
cd->bracount = max_bracount;
|
| 5307 |
|
| 5308 |
/* Set values to pass back */
|
| 5309 |
|
| 5310 |
*codeptr = code;
|
| 5311 |
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
| 5312 |
*firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
|
| 5313 |
*reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
|
| 5314 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 5315 |
{
|
| 5316 |
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
|
| 5317 |
{
|
| 5318 |
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
| 5319 |
return FALSE;
|
| 5320 |
}
|
| 5321 |
*lengthptr += length;
|
| 5322 |
}
|
| 5323 |
return TRUE;
|
| 5324 |
}
|
| 5325 |
|
| 5326 |
/* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
|
| 5327 |
pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
|
| 5328 |
pretend that each branch is the only one.)
|
| 5329 |
|
| 5330 |
In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
|
| 5331 |
to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
|
| 5332 |
is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
|
| 5333 |
zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
|
| 5334 |
|
| 5335 |
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
| 5336 |
{
|
| 5337 |
code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
|
| 5338 |
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 5339 |
}
|
| 5340 |
else
|
| 5341 |
{
|
| 5342 |
*code = OP_ALT;
|
| 5343 |
PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
|
| 5344 |
bc.current = last_branch = code;
|
| 5345 |
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
| 5346 |
}
|
| 5347 |
|
| 5348 |
ptr++;
|
| 5349 |
}
|
| 5350 |
/* Control never reaches here */
|
| 5351 |
}
|
| 5352 |
|
| 5353 |
|
| 5354 |
|
| 5355 |
|
| 5356 |
/*************************************************
|
| 5357 |
* Check for anchored expression *
|
| 5358 |
*************************************************/
|
| 5359 |
|
| 5360 |
/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
|
| 5361 |
alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
|
| 5362 |
all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
|
| 5363 |
it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
|
| 5364 |
counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
|
| 5365 |
|
| 5366 |
We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
|
| 5367 |
This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
|
| 5368 |
into account the match offset".
|
| 5369 |
|
| 5370 |
A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
|
| 5371 |
because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
|
| 5372 |
so there is no point trying again.... er ....
|
| 5373 |
|
| 5374 |
.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
|
| 5375 |
subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
|
| 5376 |
to catch that case precisely.
|
| 5377 |
|
| 5378 |
At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
|
| 5379 |
and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
|
| 5380 |
However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
|
| 5381 |
of the more common cases more precisely.
|
| 5382 |
|
| 5383 |
Arguments:
|
| 5384 |
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
|
| 5385 |
options points to the options setting
|
| 5386 |
bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
|
| 5387 |
handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
|
| 5388 |
the less precise approach
|
| 5389 |
backref_map the back reference bitmap
|
| 5390 |
|
| 5391 |
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
| 5392 |
*/
|
| 5393 |
|
| 5394 |
static BOOL
|
| 5395 |
is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
|
| 5396 |
unsigned int backref_map)
|
| 5397 |
{
|
| 5398 |
do {
|
| 5399 |
const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
|
| 5400 |
options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
|
| 5401 |
register int op = *scode;
|
| 5402 |
|
| 5403 |
/* Non-capturing brackets */
|
| 5404 |
|
| 5405 |
if (op == OP_BRA)
|
| 5406 |
{
|
| 5407 |
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
| 5408 |
}
|
| 5409 |
|
| 5410 |
/* Capturing brackets */
|
| 5411 |
|
| 5412 |
else if (op == OP_CBRA)
|
| 5413 |
{
|
| 5414 |
int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
|
| 5415 |
int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
|
| 5416 |
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
| 5417 |
}
|
| 5418 |
|
| 5419 |
/* Other brackets */
|
| 5420 |
|
| 5421 |
else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
|
| 5422 |
{
|
| 5423 |
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
| 5424 |
}
|
| 5425 |
|
| 5426 |
/* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set and it isn't in brackets that
|
| 5427 |
are or may be referenced. */
|
| 5428 |
|
| 5429 |
else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
|
| 5430 |
op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR) &&
|
| 5431 |
(*options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)
|
| 5432 |
{
|
| 5433 |
if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
|
| 5434 |
}
|
| 5435 |
|
| 5436 |
/* Check for explicit anchoring */
|
| 5437 |
|
| 5438 |
else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
|
| 5439 |
((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
|
| 5440 |
return FALSE;
|
| 5441 |
code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 5442 |
}
|
| 5443 |
while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
|
| 5444 |
return TRUE;
|
| 5445 |
}
|
| 5446 |
|
| 5447 |
|
| 5448 |
|
| 5449 |
/*************************************************
|
| 5450 |
* Check for starting with ^ or .* *
|
| 5451 |
*************************************************/
|
| 5452 |
|
| 5453 |
/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
|
| 5454 |
"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
|
| 5455 |
matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
|
| 5456 |
the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
|
| 5457 |
have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
|
| 5458 |
because in that case we can't make the assumption.
|
| 5459 |
|
| 5460 |
Arguments:
|
| 5461 |
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
|
| 5462 |
bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
|
| 5463 |
handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
|
| 5464 |
the less precise approach
|
| 5465 |
backref_map the back reference bitmap
|
| 5466 |
|
| 5467 |
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
| 5468 |
*/
|
| 5469 |
|
| 5470 |
static BOOL
|
| 5471 |
is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
|
| 5472 |
unsigned int backref_map)
|
| 5473 |
{
|
| 5474 |
do {
|
| 5475 |
const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
|
| 5476 |
NULL, 0, FALSE);
|
| 5477 |
register int op = *scode;
|
| 5478 |
|
| 5479 |
/* Non-capturing brackets */
|
| 5480 |
|
| 5481 |
if (op == OP_BRA)
|
| 5482 |
{
|
| 5483 |
if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
| 5484 |
}
|
| 5485 |
|
| 5486 |
/* Capturing brackets */
|
| 5487 |
|
| 5488 |
else if (op == OP_CBRA)
|
| 5489 |
{
|
| 5490 |
int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
|
| 5491 |
int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
|
| 5492 |
if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
| 5493 |
}
|
| 5494 |
|
| 5495 |
/* Other brackets */
|
| 5496 |
|
| 5497 |
else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
|
| 5498 |
{ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; }
|
| 5499 |
|
| 5500 |
/* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
|
| 5501 |
may be referenced. */
|
| 5502 |
|
| 5503 |
else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
|
| 5504 |
{
|
| 5505 |
if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
|
| 5506 |
}
|
| 5507 |
|
| 5508 |
/* Check for explicit circumflex */
|
| 5509 |
|
| 5510 |
else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
|
| 5511 |
|
| 5512 |
/* Move on to the next alternative */
|
| 5513 |
|
| 5514 |
code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 5515 |
}
|
| 5516 |
while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
|
| 5517 |
return TRUE;
|
| 5518 |
}
|
| 5519 |
|
| 5520 |
|
| 5521 |
|
| 5522 |
/*************************************************
|
| 5523 |
* Check for asserted fixed first char *
|
| 5524 |
*************************************************/
|
| 5525 |
|
| 5526 |
/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
|
| 5527 |
discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
|
| 5528 |
However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
|
| 5529 |
it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
|
| 5530 |
char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
|
| 5531 |
of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
|
| 5532 |
we return that char, otherwise -1.
|
| 5533 |
|
| 5534 |
Arguments:
|
| 5535 |
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
|
| 5536 |
options pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
|
| 5537 |
inassert TRUE if in an assertion
|
| 5538 |
|
| 5539 |
Returns: -1 or the fixed first char
|
| 5540 |
*/
|
| 5541 |
|
| 5542 |
static int
|
| 5543 |
find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
|
| 5544 |
{
|
| 5545 |
register int c = -1;
|
| 5546 |
do {
|
| 5547 |
int d;
|
| 5548 |
const uschar *scode =
|
| 5549 |
first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
|
| 5550 |
register int op = *scode;
|
| 5551 |
|
| 5552 |
switch(op)
|
| 5553 |
{
|
| 5554 |
default:
|
| 5555 |
return -1;
|
| 5556 |
|
| 5557 |
case OP_BRA:
|
| 5558 |
case OP_CBRA:
|
| 5559 |
case OP_ASSERT:
|
| 5560 |
case OP_ONCE:
|
| 5561 |
case OP_COND:
|
| 5562 |
if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
|
| 5563 |
return -1;
|
| 5564 |
if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
|
| 5565 |
break;
|
| 5566 |
|
| 5567 |
case OP_EXACT: /* Fall through */
|
| 5568 |
scode += 2;
|
| 5569 |
|
| 5570 |
case OP_CHAR:
|
| 5571 |
case OP_CHARNC:
|
| 5572 |
case OP_PLUS:
|
| 5573 |
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
| 5574 |
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
| 5575 |
if (!inassert) return -1;
|
| 5576 |
if (c < 0)
|
| 5577 |
{
|
| 5578 |
c = scode[1];
|
| 5579 |
if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
|
| 5580 |
}
|
| 5581 |
else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
|
| 5582 |
break;
|
| 5583 |
}
|
| 5584 |
|
| 5585 |
code += GET(code, 1);
|
| 5586 |
}
|
| 5587 |
while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
| 5588 |
return c;
|
| 5589 |
}
|
| 5590 |
|
| 5591 |
|
| 5592 |
|
| 5593 |
/*************************************************
|
| 5594 |
* Compile a Regular Expression *
|
| 5595 |
*************************************************/
|
| 5596 |
|
| 5597 |
/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
|
| 5598 |
holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
|
| 5599 |
function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
|
| 5600 |
compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
|
| 5601 |
|
| 5602 |
Arguments:
|
| 5603 |
pattern the regular expression
|
| 5604 |
options various option bits
|
| 5605 |
errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
|
| 5606 |
can be NULL if you don't want a code value
|
| 5607 |
errorptr pointer to pointer to error text
|
| 5608 |
erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
|
| 5609 |
tables pointer to character tables or NULL
|
| 5610 |
|
| 5611 |
Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
|
| 5612 |
with errorptr and erroroffset set
|
| 5613 |
*/
|
| 5614 |
|
| 5615 |
PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre *
|
| 5616 |
pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
|
| 5617 |
int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
|
| 5618 |
{
|
| 5619 |
return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
|
| 5620 |
}
|
| 5621 |
|
| 5622 |
|
| 5623 |
PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre *
|
| 5624 |
pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
|
| 5625 |
const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
|
| 5626 |
{
|
| 5627 |
real_pcre *re;
|
| 5628 |
int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */
|
| 5629 |
int firstbyte, reqbyte, newline;
|
| 5630 |
int errorcode = 0;
|
| 5631 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 5632 |
BOOL utf8;
|
| 5633 |
#endif
|
| 5634 |
size_t size;
|
| 5635 |
uschar *code;
|
| 5636 |
const uschar *codestart;
|
| 5637 |
const uschar *ptr;
|
| 5638 |
compile_data compile_block;
|
| 5639 |
compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
|
| 5640 |
|
| 5641 |
/* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
|
| 5642 |
computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
|
| 5643 |
as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
|
| 5644 |
this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
|
| 5645 |
to fill in forward references to subpatterns. */
|
| 5646 |
|
| 5647 |
uschar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
|
| 5648 |
|
| 5649 |
|
| 5650 |
/* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
|
| 5651 |
|
| 5652 |
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
|
| 5653 |
|
| 5654 |
/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
|
| 5655 |
can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
|
| 5656 |
pointer. */
|
| 5657 |
|
| 5658 |
if (errorptr == NULL)
|
| 5659 |
{
|
| 5660 |
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
|
| 5661 |
return NULL;
|
| 5662 |
}
|
| 5663 |
|
| 5664 |
*errorptr = NULL;
|
| 5665 |
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
|
| 5666 |
|
| 5667 |
/* However, we can give a message for this error */
|
| 5668 |
|
| 5669 |
if (erroroffset == NULL)
|
| 5670 |
{
|
| 5671 |
errorcode = ERR16;
|
| 5672 |
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
|
| 5673 |
}
|
| 5674 |
|
| 5675 |
*erroroffset = 0;
|
| 5676 |
|
| 5677 |
/* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
|
| 5678 |
|
| 5679 |
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
| 5680 |
utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
|
| 5681 |
if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
|
| 5682 |
(*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
|
| 5683 |
{
|
| 5684 |
errorcode = ERR44;
|
| 5685 |
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
|
| 5686 |
}
|
| 5687 |
#else
|
| 5688 |
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
|
| 5689 |
{
|
| 5690 |
errorcode = ERR32;
|
| 5691 |
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 5692 |
}
|
| 5693 |
#endif
|
| 5694 |
|
| 5695 |
if ((options & ~PUBLIC_OPTIONS) != 0)
|
| 5696 |
{
|
| 5697 |
errorcode = ERR17;
|
| 5698 |
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 5699 |
}
|
| 5700 |
|
| 5701 |
/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
|
| 5702 |
|
| 5703 |
if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
|
| 5704 |
cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
|
| 5705 |
cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
|
| 5706 |
cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
|
| 5707 |
cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
|
| 5708 |
|
| 5709 |
/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
|
| 5710 |
current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
|
| 5711 |
"anycrlf". */
|
| 5712 |
|
| 5713 |
switch (options & (PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF | PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY))
|
| 5714 |
{
|
| 5715 |
case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Compile-time default */
|
| 5716 |
case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = '\r'; break;
|
| 5717 |
case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = '\n'; break;
|
| 5718 |
case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
|
| 5719 |
PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = ('\r' << 8) | '\n'; break;
|
| 5720 |
case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
|
| 5721 |
case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
|
| 5722 |
default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 5723 |
}
|
| 5724 |
|
| 5725 |
if (newline == -2)
|
| 5726 |
{
|
| 5727 |
cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
|
| 5728 |
}
|
| 5729 |
else if (newline < 0)
|
| 5730 |
{
|
| 5731 |
cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
|
| 5732 |
}
|
| 5733 |
else
|
| 5734 |
{
|
| 5735 |
cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
|
| 5736 |
if (newline > 255)
|
| 5737 |
{
|
| 5738 |
cd->nllen = 2;
|
| 5739 |
cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
|
| 5740 |
cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
|
| 5741 |
}
|
| 5742 |
else
|
| 5743 |
{
|
| 5744 |
cd->nllen = 1;
|
| 5745 |
cd->nl[0] = newline;
|
| 5746 |
}
|
| 5747 |
}
|
| 5748 |
|
| 5749 |
/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
|
| 5750 |
references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
|
| 5751 |
*/
|
| 5752 |
|
| 5753 |
cd->top_backref = 0;
|
| 5754 |
cd->backref_map = 0;
|
| 5755 |
|
| 5756 |
/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
|
| 5757 |
|
| 5758 |
DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
|
| 5759 |
DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
|
| 5760 |
|
| 5761 |
/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
|
| 5762 |
of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
|
| 5763 |
argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
|
| 5764 |
to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
|
| 5765 |
no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
|
| 5766 |
is a test for its doing so. */
|
| 5767 |
|
| 5768 |
cd->bracount = 0;
|
| 5769 |
cd->names_found = 0;
|
| 5770 |
cd->name_entry_size = 0;
|
| 5771 |
cd->name_table = NULL;
|
| 5772 |
cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
|
| 5773 |
cd->start_code = cworkspace;
|
| 5774 |
cd->hwm = cworkspace;
|
| 5775 |
cd->start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
|
| 5776 |
cd->end_pattern = (const uschar *)(pattern + strlen(pattern));
|
| 5777 |
cd->req_varyopt = 0;
|
| 5778 |
cd->nopartial = FALSE;
|
| 5779 |
cd->external_options = options;
|
| 5780 |
|
| 5781 |
/* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
|
| 5782 |
don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
|
| 5783 |
been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
|
| 5784 |
found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
|
| 5785 |
outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
|
| 5786 |
|
| 5787 |
code = cworkspace;
|
| 5788 |
*code = OP_BRA;
|
| 5789 |
(void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS,
|
| 5790 |
&code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd,
|
| 5791 |
&length);
|
| 5792 |
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 5793 |
|
| 5794 |
DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
|
| 5795 |
cd->hwm - cworkspace));
|
| 5796 |
|
| 5797 |
if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
|
| 5798 |
{
|
| 5799 |
errorcode = ERR20;
|
| 5800 |
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 5801 |
}
|
| 5802 |
|
| 5803 |
/* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
|
| 5804 |
externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
|
| 5805 |
because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
|
| 5806 |
cd->name_entry_size. */
|
| 5807 |
|
| 5808 |
size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + cd->names_found * (cd->name_entry_size + 3);
|
| 5809 |
re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
|
| 5810 |
|
| 5811 |
if (re == NULL)
|
| 5812 |
{
|
| 5813 |
errorcode = ERR21;
|
| 5814 |
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
| 5815 |
}
|
| 5816 |
|
| 5817 |
/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, and character
|
| 5818 |
table pointer. NULL is used for the default character tables. The nullpad field
|
| 5819 |
is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a regex compiled on a system
|
| 5820 |
with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte pointers. */
|
| 5821 |
|
| 5822 |
re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
|
| 5823 |
re->size = size;
|
| 5824 |
re->options = cd->external_options;
|
| 5825 |
re->dummy1 = 0;
|
| 5826 |
re->first_byte = 0;
|
| 5827 |
re->req_byte = 0;
|
| 5828 |
re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
|
| 5829 |
re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
|
| 5830 |
re->name_count = cd->names_found;
|
| 5831 |
re->ref_count = 0;
|
| 5832 |
re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
|
| 5833 |
re->nullpad = NULL;
|
| 5834 |
|
| 5835 |
/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
|
| 5836 |
passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
|
| 5837 |
options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
|
| 5838 |
field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
|
| 5839 |
field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
|
| 5840 |
*/
|
| 5841 |
|
| 5842 |
cd->bracount = 0;
|
| 5843 |
cd->names_found = 0;
|
| 5844 |
cd->name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
|
| 5845 |
codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
|
| 5846 |
cd->start_code = codestart;
|
| 5847 |
cd->hwm = cworkspace;
|
| 5848 |
cd->req_varyopt = 0;
|
| 5849 |
cd->nopartial = FALSE;
|
| 5850 |
cd->had_accept = FALSE;
|
| 5851 |
|
| 5852 |
/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
|
| 5853 |
error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
|
| 5854 |
of the function here. */
|
| 5855 |
|
| 5856 |
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
|
| 5857 |
code = (uschar *)codestart;
|
| 5858 |
*code = OP_BRA;
|
| 5859 |
(void)compile_regex(re->options, re->options & PCRE_IMS, &code, &ptr,
|
| 5860 |
&errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd, NULL);
|
| 5861 |
re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
|
| 5862 |
re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
|
| 5863 |
|
| 5864 |
if (cd->nopartial) re->options |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
|
| 5865 |
if (cd->had_accept) reqbyte = -1; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
|
| 5866 |
|
| 5867 |
/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
|
| 5868 |
|
| 5869 |
if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
|
| 5870 |
|
| 5871 |
/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
|
| 5872 |
if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
|
| 5873 |
|
| 5874 |
*code++ = OP_END;
|
| 5875 |
|
| 5876 |
#ifndef DEBUG
|
| 5877 |
if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
|
| 5878 |
#endif
|
| 5879 |
|
| 5880 |
/* Fill in any forward references that are required. */
|
| 5881 |
|
| 5882 |
while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cworkspace)
|
| 5883 |
{
|
| 5884 |
int offset, recno;
|
| 5885 |
const uschar *groupptr;
|
| 5886 |
cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
|
| 5887 |
offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
|
| 5888 |
recno = GET(codestart, offset);
|
| 5889 |
groupptr = find_bracket(codestart, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, recno);
|
| 5890 |
if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
|
| 5891 |
else PUT(((uschar *)codestart), offset, groupptr - codestart);
|
| 5892 |
}
|
| 5893 |
|
| 5894 |
/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
|
| 5895 |
subpattern. */
|
| 5896 |
|
| 5897 |
if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
|
| 5898 |
|
| 5899 |
/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
|
| 5900 |
|
| 5901 |
if (errorcode != 0)
|
| 5902 |
{
|
| 5903 |
(pcre_free)(re);
|
| 5904 |
PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
|
| 5905 |
*erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
|
| 5906 |
PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
|
| 5907 |
*errorptr = error_texts[errorcode];
|
| 5908 |
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
|
| 5909 |
return NULL;
|
| 5910 |
}
|
| 5911 |
|
| 5912 |
/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
|
| 5913 |
the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
|
| 5914 |
as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
|
| 5915 |
|
| 5916 |
Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
|
| 5917 |
speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
|
| 5918 |
PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
|
| 5919 |
start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
|
| 5920 |
*/
|
| 5921 |
|
| 5922 |
if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
|
| 5923 |
{
|
| 5924 |
int temp_options = re->options; /* May get changed during these scans */
|
| 5925 |
if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, cd->backref_map))
|
| 5926 |
re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
|
| 5927 |
else
|
| 5928 |
{
|
| 5929 |
if (firstbyte < 0)
|
| 5930 |
firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
|
| 5931 |
if (firstbyte >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
|
| 5932 |
{
|
| 5933 |
int ch = firstbyte & 255;
|
| 5934 |
re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
|
| 5935 |
cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
|
| 5936 |
re->options |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
|
| 5937 |
}
|
| 5938 |
else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map))
|
| 5939 |
re->options |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
|
| 5940 |
}
|
| 5941 |
}
|
| 5942 |
|
| 5943 |
/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
|
| 5944 |
variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
|
| 5945 |
bytes. */
|
| 5946 |
|
| 5947 |
if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
|
| 5948 |
((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
|
| 5949 |
{
|
| 5950 |
int ch = reqbyte & 255;
|
| 5951 |
re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
|
| 5952 |
cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
|
| 5953 |
re->options |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
|
| 5954 |
}
|
| 5955 |
|
| 5956 |
/* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
|
| 5957 |
case when building a production library. */
|
| 5958 |
|
| 5959 |
#ifdef DEBUG
|
| 5960 |
|
| 5961 |
printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
|
| 5962 |
length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
|
| 5963 |
|
| 5964 |
if (re->options != 0)
|
| 5965 |
{
|
| 5966 |
printf("%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
|
| 5967 |
((re->options & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0)? "nopartial " : "",
|
| 5968 |
((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0)? "anchored " : "",
|
| 5969 |
((re->options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? "caseless " : "",
|
| 5970 |
((re->options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)? "extended " : "",
|
| 5971 |
((re->options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? "multiline " : "",
|
| 5972 |
((re->options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? "dotall " : "",
|
| 5973 |
((re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0)? "endonly " : "",
|
| 5974 |
((re->options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)? "extra " : "",
|
| 5975 |
((re->options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0)? "ungreedy " : "");
|
| 5976 |
}
|
| 5977 |
|
| 5978 |
if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
|
| 5979 |
{
|
| 5980 |
int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
|
| 5981 |
const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
|
| 5982 |
"" : " (caseless)";
|
| 5983 |
if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
| 5984 |
else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
| 5985 |
}
|
| 5986 |
|
| 5987 |
if ((re->options & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
|
| 5988 |
{
|
| 5989 |
int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
|
| 5990 |
const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
|
| 5991 |
"" : " (caseless)";
|
| 5992 |
if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
| 5993 |
else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
| 5994 |
}
|
| 5995 |
|
| 5996 |
pcre_printint(re, stdout, TRUE);
|
| 5997 |
|
| 5998 |
/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
|
| 5999 |
was compiled can be seen. */
|
| 6000 |
|
| 6001 |
if (code - codestart > length)
|
| 6002 |
{
|
| 6003 |
(pcre_free)(re);
|
| 6004 |
*errorptr = error_texts[ERR23];
|
| 6005 |
*erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
|
| 6006 |
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
|
| 6007 |
return NULL;
|
| 6008 |
}
|
| 6009 |
#endif /* DEBUG */
|
| 6010 |
|
| 6011 |
return (pcre *)re;
|
| 6012 |
}
|
| 6013 |
|
| 6014 |
/* End of pcre_compile.c */
|